* doc/gdb.texinfo: Escape "{" and "}".
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c 8
a67ec3f4
JM
9@copying
10Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999,
112000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009
12Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
13Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
14Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
15
e9c75b65
EZ
16Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
17under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 18any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
19Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
20Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
21Free Documentation License''.
a67ec3f4
JM
22@end copying
23
24@ifnottex
25This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
26
27@insertcopying
28@end ifnottex
c906108c
SS
29
30@setchapternewpage off
25822942 31@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 32
56caf160
EZ
33@syncodeindex fn cp
34@syncodeindex vr cp
35
c906108c 36@titlepage
25822942 37@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
38@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
39@author John Gilmore
40@author Cygnus Solutions
41@author Second Edition:
42@author Stan Shebs
43@author Cygnus Solutions
44@page
45@tex
46\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
47\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
48{\parskip=0pt
49\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
50\hfill \manvers\par
51\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
52}
53@end tex
54
55@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
a67ec3f4 56@insertcopying
c906108c
SS
57@end titlepage
58
449f3b6c 59@contents
449f3b6c 60
c906108c
SS
61@node Top
62@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
63@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
64@top Scope of this Document
65
25822942
DB
66This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
67includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
68as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
69
70@menu
587afa38 71* Summary::
c906108c
SS
72* Overall Structure::
73* Algorithms::
74* User Interface::
89437448 75* libgdb::
5f5233d4 76* Values::
669fac23 77* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 82* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
587afa38
EZ
99@node Summary
100@chapter Summary
101
102@menu
103* Requirements::
104* Contributors::
105@end menu
c906108c 106
587afa38
EZ
107@node Requirements
108@section Requirements
56caf160 109@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
110
111Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
112requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
113of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
114that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
117front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
118shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 119
56caf160
EZ
120@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
121available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
122programmer.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
125the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
126going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
127to debugger commands.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
130While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 131picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
132programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
133mollify the debugger.
c906108c 134
56caf160
EZ
135@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
136Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
137heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 138
56caf160
EZ
139@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
140available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
141supports.
c906108c 142
587afa38
EZ
143@node Contributors
144@section Contributors
145
146The first edition of this document was written by John Gilmore of
147Cygnus Solutions. The current second edition was written by Stan Shebs
148of Cygnus Solutions, who continues to update the manual.
149
150Over the years, many others have made additions and changes to this
151document. This section attempts to record the significant contributors
152to that effort. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone
153is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually
154acknowledge everyone here.
155
156@quotation
157@emph{Plea:} This section has only been added relatively recently (four
158years after publication of the second edition). Additions to this
159section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies,
160to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would
161like to add your names!
162@end quotation
163
164A document such as this relies on being kept up to date by numerous
165small updates by contributing engineers as they make changes to the
166code base. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution
167approximates a blow-by-blow account. The most prolific contributors to
168this important, but low profile task are Andrew Cagney (responsible
169for over half the entries), Daniel Jacobowitz, Mark Kettenis, Jim
170Blandy and Eli Zaretskii.
171
172Eli Zaretskii and Daniel Jacobowitz wrote the sections documenting
173watchpoints.
174
175Jeremy Bennett updated the sections on initializing a new architecture
176and register representation, and added the section on Frame Interpretation.
177
c906108c
SS
178
179@node Overall Structure
180
181@chapter Overall Structure
182
56caf160
EZ
183@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
184symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
185@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 186
2e685b93 187The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
188supporting code.
189
190The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
191interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
192parsing, type and value printing.
193
194The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
195physical target manipulation.
196
197The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
198number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
199elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
200supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
201this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
202should fit together.
203
204@section The Symbol Side
205
56caf160
EZ
206The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
207you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
208For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
209many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
210
211@section The Target Side
212
56caf160
EZ
213The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
214Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
215of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
216available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
217
218Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
219display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 220such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
221relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
222way.
223
224@section Configurations
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex host
227@cindex target
25822942 228@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
229@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
230executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
231third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
232
1f70da6a
SS
233Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
234support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
235order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
236when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
237
238Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
239dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
240breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
241to call a function.
242
243Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
244is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 245host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
246process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
247registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
248in the native-dependent files.
249
250Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
251are really part of the target environment, but which require
252@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
253file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
254
1f70da6a
SS
255When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
256on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 257
25ab7e6d
EZ
258@section Source Tree Structure
259@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
260
261The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
262are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
263to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 264@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
265
266Files that are related to some common task have names that share
267common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
268debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
269reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
270deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
271parlance for the program being debugged).
272
273There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
274@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
275files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
276(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
277specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
278
279Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
280debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
281native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
282
283The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
284
285@table @file
286@item cli
287Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
288Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
289
290@item gdbserver
291Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
292
293@item gdbtk
294Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
295
296@item mi
297The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
298
299@item signals
300Target signal translation code.
301
302@item tui
303Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
304Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
305@end table
c906108c
SS
306
307@node Algorithms
308
309@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 310@cindex algorithms
c906108c 311
56caf160
EZ
312@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
313often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
314cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
315algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
316they use.
c906108c 317
7d30c22d
JB
318@section Prologue Analysis
319
320@cindex prologue analysis
321@cindex call frame information
322@cindex CFI (call frame information)
323To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
324variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
325of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
326saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
327younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
328scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
329changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
330may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
331
332Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
333which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
334But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
335technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
336registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
337code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
338allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
339register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 340accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
341helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
342CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
343@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
344calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
345
346In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
347target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
348optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
349write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
350understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
351GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
352understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
353themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
354and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
355instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
356
357@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
358@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
359@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
360To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
361and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
362prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
363analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
364framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
365``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
366using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
367would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
368starts with the instruction:
369
370@example
371addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
372@end example
373@noindent
374we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
375this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
376value.
377
378If we then see an instruction like:
379
380@example
381addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
382@end example
383@noindent
384we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
385it is now 64 greater than its original value.
386
387If the next instruction were:
388
389@example
390mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
391@end example
392@noindent
393then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
394@code{r1} plus 64.
395
396It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
397need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
398registers. So after an instruction like this:
399
400@example
401mov (fp+4), r2
402@end example
403@noindent
404then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
405holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
406
407And so on.
408
409Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
410wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
411the instruction:
412
413@example
414xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
415@end example
416@noindent
417then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
418a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
419relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
420``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
421information is acceptable for our application.
422
423So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
424approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
425never inaccurate.
426
427Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
428machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
429contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
430from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
431current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
432Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
433kept track of.
434
435@itemize @bullet
436
437@item
438To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
439stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
440minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
441If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
442the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
443we don't know the frame size.
444
445@item
446To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
447search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
448registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
449original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
450to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
451anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
452@end itemize
453
454This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
455quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
456forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
457function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
458of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
459worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
460and maintain. In the approach described above:
461
462@itemize @bullet
463
464@item
465It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 466whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
467the effect of each instruction.
468
469@item
470It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
471instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
472wasn't already broken before.
473
474@item
475It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
476complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
477of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
478what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
479already gathering the right data for you.
480
481@end itemize
482
483The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
484the framework and how to use it.
485
486
c906108c
SS
487@section Breakpoint Handling
488
56caf160 489@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
490In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
491where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
492that location.
493
494There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
495breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
496
56caf160
EZ
497@cindex hardware breakpoints
498@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
499Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
500features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
501register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 502(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 503ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
504exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
505
506Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
507include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
508processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
509address.
510
511A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
512breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
513software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
514breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 515@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 516for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
517
518Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 519limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 520start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 521notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
522whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
523breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
524an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
525
526@cindex software breakpoints
527Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
528The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
529instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
530that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
531@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
532user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
533instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
534
535Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 536must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 537can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 538although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
539
540Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
541instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
542target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
543breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
544larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
545targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
546instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
547set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
548although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
549instruction.
550
c906108c
SS
551Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
552much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
553
8181d85f
DJ
554@table @code
555@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
556@findex target_remove_breakpoint
557@findex target_insert_breakpoint
558@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
559@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
560Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
561@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
562non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
563breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
564@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
565to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
566@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
567related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
568contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
569if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
570underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
571memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
572@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
573it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
574
575For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
576shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 577the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
578@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
579used to remove the breakpoint.
580
581@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
582@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
583@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
584@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
585@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
586Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
587@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
588non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
589a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
590@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
591@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
592but @code{placed_size} may be.
593@end table
594
c906108c
SS
595@section Single Stepping
596
597@section Signal Handling
598
599@section Thread Handling
600
601@section Inferior Function Calls
602
603@section Longjmp Support
604
56caf160 605@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 606@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
607@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
608stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
609which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
610command.
c906108c 611
4a9bb1df
UW
612@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
613To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
614@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
615@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
616Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
617target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
618determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
619define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
620value once calculated.
c906108c 621
9742079a
EZ
622@section Watchpoints
623@cindex watchpoints
624
625Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
626breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
627instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
628your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
629hunt down and kill such bugs.
630
631@cindex hardware watchpoints
632@cindex software watchpoints
633Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
634known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
635hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
636software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
637will use software watchpoints are:
638
639@itemize @bullet
640@item
641The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
642watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
643to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
644more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
645watchpoints.
646
647@item
648The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
649registers (as opposed to memory).
650
651@item
652Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
653this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
654resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
655breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
656breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
657
658@item
659No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
660implementation.
661@end itemize
662
663Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
664single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
665watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
666section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
667
b6b8ece6
EZ
668When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
669possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
670It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
671was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
672
673Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
674once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
675triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
676is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
677method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
678For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
679every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
680For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
681@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
682and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
683watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
684considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
685otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
686each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
687the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
688watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
689changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 690
1f70da6a
SS
691@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
692
9742079a
EZ
693@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
694watchpoints:
695
696@table @code
9742079a
EZ
697@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
698@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
699Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
700possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
701of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
702not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
703number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
704is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
705are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
706the same time).
707
708@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
709@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
710Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
711whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
712
b6b8ece6 713@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
714@findex target_insert_watchpoint
715@findex target_remove_watchpoint
716@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
717@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
718Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
719@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
720possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
721defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
722
474c8240 723@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
724 enum target_hw_bp_type
725 @{
726 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
727 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
728 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
729 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
730 @};
474c8240 731@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
732
733@noindent
734These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
735
9742079a 736@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
737@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
738If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
739associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
740@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
741is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
742not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
743it to improve handling of those also.
744
745@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
746immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
747target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
748resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
749control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 750
5009afc5
AS
751@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
752@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
753Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
754lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
755@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
756granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
757watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
758region.
759
9742079a
EZ
760@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
761@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
762If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 763watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
764this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
765which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
766set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
767to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
768watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 769
4a9bb1df
UW
770@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
771@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
772If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
773watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
774watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
775interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
776
777@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
778@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
779If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
780inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
781when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
782read or write.
9742079a
EZ
783
784@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
785@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
786If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
787watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
788
789@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
790@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
791Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
792the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
793Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
794the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
795type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
796target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
797the @var{wait_status} argument.
798
799@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
800@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
801determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
802it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
803@end table
804
d983da9c
DJ
805@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
806@cindex watchpoints, with threads
807
808@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
809in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
810act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
811watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
812if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
813watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
814per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
815@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
816@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
817@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
818@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
819threads.
820
821@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
822at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
823multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
824queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
825is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
826@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
827thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
828two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
829will be called a second time for the second thread.
830
9742079a
EZ
831@subsection x86 Watchpoints
832@cindex x86 debug registers
833@cindex watchpoints, on x86
834
835The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
836registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
837generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
838support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
839subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
840
1f70da6a
SS
841(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
842thus only available for native configurations.)
843
9742079a
EZ
844To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
845following:
846
847@itemize @bullet
848@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
849@item
850Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
851target-dependent headers.
852
853@item
854Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
855defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
856
857@item
858Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
f0323ca0 859@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}).
9742079a
EZ
860
861@item
862Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
863below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
864which does the real work.
865@end itemize
866
867The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
868debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
869real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
870provide:
871
872@table @code
873@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
874@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
875Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
876
877@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
878@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
879Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
880
881@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
882@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
883Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
884number @var{idx}.
885
886@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
887@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
888Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
889used immediately after it is returned by
890@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
891register values.
892@end table
893
894For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
895that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
896to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
897allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
898expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
899wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
900maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
901anything to use this feature.
902
903The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
904bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
905be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
906region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
907@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
908bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
909a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
910region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
911
912The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
913@value{GDBN}'s application code:
914
915@table @code
916@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
917@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
918The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
919this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
920watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
921less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
922processors.
923
924@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
925@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
926The target function
927@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
928This
9742079a
EZ
929function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
930Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
931macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
932set in DR6.
933
ac77d04f
JJ
934@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
935@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
936The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
937is set to call this function. The
938argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
939function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
940Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
941macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
942returned.
943
9742079a
EZ
944@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
945@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
946@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
947@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
948Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
949@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
950are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
951looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
952region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
953reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
954register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
955the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
956value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
957register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
958and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
959inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
960@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
961required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
962each debug register.
963
964@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
965in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
966length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
967values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
968@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
969watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
970decrements the reference count, and only calls
971@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
972the count goes to zero.
973
974@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
975@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
976@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
977@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
978These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
979macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
980@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
981The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
982the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
983These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
984@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
985the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
986hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
987register.
988
989@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
990@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
991This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
992hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 993@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
994address whose watchpoint triggered.
995
996@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
997@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
998This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
999bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
1000the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
1001@end table
1002
1003@noindent
1004@strong{Notes:}
1005@enumerate 1
1006@item
1007x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
1008However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
1009@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
1010watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
1011on x86.
1012
1013@item
1014x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
1015only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1016there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1017whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1018current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1019always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1020watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1021unavailable in many platforms.
1022@end enumerate
1023
5c95884b
MS
1024@section Checkpoints
1025@cindex checkpoints
1026@cindex restart
1027In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1028the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1029
1030Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1031whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1032state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1033registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1034of open files and devices.
1035
1036There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1037in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1038method implemented on the target side.
1039
1040A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1041state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1042not typically include information about external entities such as
1043open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1044
1045A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1046as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1047is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1048be used on other systems.
1049
b247355e 1050Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1051method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1052advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1053details of how it is done.
1054
1055
bcd7e15f
JB
1056@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1057@cindex observer pattern interface
1058@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1059
1060In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1061some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1062modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1063hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1064versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1065@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1066a strong limitation.
1067
1068A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1069Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1070a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1071previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1072easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1073interface when adding new notifications.
1074
1075See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1076currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1077implementation is also briefly discussed.
1078
c906108c
SS
1079@node User Interface
1080
1081@chapter User Interface
1082
1f70da6a
SS
1083@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1084command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1085
1086@section Command Interpreter
1087
56caf160 1088@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1089@cindex CLI
25822942 1090The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1091allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1092has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1093a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1094
56caf160
EZ
1095For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1096@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1097to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1098
56caf160
EZ
1099@findex add_cmd
1100@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1101To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1102the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1103place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1104the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1105
40dd2248
TT
1106@findex add_setshow_cmd
1107@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1108To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1109@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1110a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1111further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1112the new command structures for manipulation.
1113
56caf160
EZ
1114@cindex deprecating commands
1115@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1116Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1117deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1118aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1119@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1120return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1121command immediately after it is created.
1122
c72e7388 1123The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1124replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1125@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1126entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1127
587afa38 1128@anchor{UI-Independent Output}
0ee54786
EZ
1129@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1130@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1131@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1132
1133@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1134The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1135@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1136interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1137from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1138every UI, to produce output.
1139
1140@subsection Overview and Terminology
1141
1142In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1143of output, and can even generate an input request.
1144
1145Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1146
1147@itemize @bullet
1148@item
1149to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1150
1151@item
1152to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1153operation;
1154
1155@item
1156to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1157progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1158
1159@item
1160to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1161
1162@item
1163to show @emph{debug data};
1164
1165@item
1166to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1167@end itemize
1168
1169@noindent
1170This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1171although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1172
1173Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1174involves one or more of the following:
1175
1176@itemize @bullet
1177@item
1178output of the actual data
1179
1180@item
1181formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1182easily readable by humans
1183
1184@item
1185machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1186parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1187
1188@item
c72e7388
AC
1189annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1190parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1191@end itemize
1192
1193The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1194Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1195of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1196deprecated.
1197
c72e7388
AC
1198Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1199a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1200non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1201header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1202
c72e7388
AC
1203@table @code
1204@item <table> @expansion{}
1205@code{<header> <body>}
1206@item <header> @expansion{}
1207@code{@{ <column> @}}
1208@item <column> @expansion{}
1209@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1210@item <body> @expansion{}
1211@code{@{<row>@}}
1212@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1213
1214
1215@subsection General Conventions
1216
c72e7388
AC
1217Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1218@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1219object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1220
c72e7388
AC
1221The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1222to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1223
c72e7388
AC
1224The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1225When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1226sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1227format.
1228
c72e7388
AC
1229When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1230call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1231
1232
c72e7388 1233@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1234
1235@cindex list output functions
1236@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1237@cindex tuple output functions
1238This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1239tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1240(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1241
c72e7388
AC
1242To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1243containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1244fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1245
c72e7388
AC
1246Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1247rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1248even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1249
1250@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1251Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1252maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1253
1254The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1255
474c8240 1256@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1257 ui_out_table_begin
1258 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1259 @dots{}
0ee54786 1260 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1261 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1262 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1263 @dots{}
1264 ui_out_tuple_end
1265 @dots{}
0ee54786 1266 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1267@end smallexample
0ee54786 1268
c72e7388 1269Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1270functions:
1271
c72e7388
AC
1272@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1273The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1274of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1275function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1276the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1277@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1278pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1279@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1280was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1281
1282The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1283the end of the table's output.
1284@end deftypefun
1285
c72e7388
AC
1286@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1287@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1288table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1289column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1290@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1291
1292The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1293value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1294@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1295center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1296specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1297column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1298call.
0ee54786
EZ
1299@end deftypefun
1300
1301@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1302This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1303@end deftypefun
1304
1305@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1306This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1307after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1308functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1309
1310There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1311call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1312will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1313@end deftypefun
1314
c72e7388 1315The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1316call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1317@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1318@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1319calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1320
c72e7388
AC
1321@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1322This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1323to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1324implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1325after the call.
1326@end deftypefun
1327
1328@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1329This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1330one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1331@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1332be signaled.
1333@end deftypefun
1334
587afa38 1335@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1336This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1337(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1338and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1339cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1340@smallexample
1341struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1342ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1343old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1344 uiout);
1345@end smallexample
1346@end deftypefun
1347
1348@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1349This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1350an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1351implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1352after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1353@end deftypefun
1354
1355@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1356This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1357one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1358@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1359be signaled.
1360@end deftypefun
1361
587afa38 1362@deftypefun {struct cleanup *} make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
c72e7388
AC
1363Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1364opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1365that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1366@end deftypefun
1367
1368@subsection Item Output Functions
1369
1370@cindex item output functions
1371@cindex field output functions
1372@cindex data output
1373The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1374items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1375
1376Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1377
1378@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1379This is the most general output function. It produces the
1380representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1381according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1382@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1383supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1384supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1385
1386This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1387use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1388@end deftypefun
1389
c72e7388 1390@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1391This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1392@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1393the name of the field.
1394@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1395
1396@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1397This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1398@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1399@var{fldname} specifies
1400the name of the field.
1401@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1402
5af949e3
UW
1403@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
1404This function outputs an address as appropriate for @var{gdbarch}.
0ee54786
EZ
1405@end deftypefun
1406
c72e7388 1407@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1408This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1409specification.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
1412Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1413functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1414@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1415the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1416used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1417of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1418@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1419you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1420@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1421@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1422and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1423constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1424you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1425@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1426
587afa38 1427@deftypefun {struct ui_stream *} ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
0ee54786
EZ
1428This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1429same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1430passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1431@code{ui_stream} object.
1432@end deftypefun
1433
1434@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1435This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1436@var{streambuf}.
1437@end deftypefun
1438
c72e7388 1439@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1440This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1441@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1442@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1443@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1444the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1445@end deftypefun
1446
1447@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1448out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1449@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1450cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1451skeleton code to do that:
1452
1453@smallexample
1454 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1455 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1456 ...
1457 do_cleanups (old);
1458@end smallexample
1459
1460If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1461of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1462
1463@smallexample
1464 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1465 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1466@end smallexample
1467
1468Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1469@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1470same buffer twice.
1471
1472@subsection Utility Output Functions
1473
c72e7388 1474@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1475This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1476an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1477@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1478@end deftypefun
1479
c72e7388 1480@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1481This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1482easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1483this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1484from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1485
1486Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1487the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1488to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1489string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1490output short messages.
1491@end deftypefun
1492
1493@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1494This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1495text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1496list.
1497@end deftypefun
1498
c72e7388 1499@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1500This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1501verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1502current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1503verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1504setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1505as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1506argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1507@end deftypefun
1508
1509@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1510This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1511of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1512output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1513be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1514accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1515explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1516@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1517@end deftypefun
1518
1519@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1520This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1521the UI buffers output.
1522@end deftypefun
1523
1524
1525@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1526
1527@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1528@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1529This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1530functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1531@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1532@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1533
1534This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1535produce a table.
1536
1537The original code was:
1538
474c8240 1539@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1540 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1541 @{
1542 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1543
1544 annotate_field (0);
1545 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1546 annotate_field (1);
1547 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1548 annotate_field (2);
1549 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1550 annotate_field (3);
1551 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1552 if (addressprint)
1553 @{
1554 annotate_field (4);
1555 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1556 @}
1557 annotate_field (5);
1558 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1559
1560 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1561 @}
474c8240 1562@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1563
1564Here's the new version:
1565
474c8240 1566@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1567 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1568
1569 if (addressprint)
1570 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1571 else
1572 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1573
1574 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1575 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1576 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1577 annotate_field (0);
1578 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1580 annotate_field (1);
1581 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1582 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1583 annotate_field (2);
1584 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1585 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1586 annotate_field (3);
1587 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1588 if (addressprint)
1589 @{
1590 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1591 annotate_field (4);
a6d9a66e 1592 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
c72e7388 1593 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1594 else
c72e7388
AC
1595 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1596 @}
1597 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1598 annotate_field (5);
1599 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1600 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1601 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1602 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1603@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1604
1605This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1606to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1607in the above example. The original code was:
1608
474c8240 1609@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610 annotate_record ();
1611 annotate_field (0);
1612 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1613 annotate_field (1);
1614 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1615 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1616 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1617 (int)b->type);
1618 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1619 annotate_field (2);
1620 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1621 annotate_field (3);
1622 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1623 @dots{}
474c8240 1624@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1625
1626This is the new version:
1627
474c8240 1628@smallexample
0ee54786 1629 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1630 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1631 annotate_field (0);
1632 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1633 annotate_field (1);
1634 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1635 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1636 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1637 (int) b->type);
1638 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1639 annotate_field (2);
1640 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1641 annotate_field (3);
1642 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1643 @dots{}
474c8240 1644@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1645
1646This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1647produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1648functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1649automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1650
474c8240 1651@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1652 annotate_field (5);
1653 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1654@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1655
1656The new version is:
1657
474c8240 1658@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1659 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1660 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1661 ...
1662 annotate_field (5);
1663 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1664 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1665@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1666
1667This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1668@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1669was:
1670
474c8240 1671@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1672 annotate_field (5);
1673 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1674 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1675 else
1676 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1677@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1678
1679It became:
1680
474c8240 1681@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682 annotate_field (5);
1683 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1684 @{
1685 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1686 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1687 @}
1688 else
1689 @{
1690 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1691 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1693 @}
474c8240 1694@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1695
1696The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1697use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1698code was:
1699
474c8240 1700@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1701 annotate_field (5);
1702 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1703 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1704@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1705
1706It became:
1707
474c8240 1708@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1709 annotate_field (5);
1710 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1711 @{
1712 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1713 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1714 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1715 @}
474c8240 1716@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1717
1718Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1719code was:
1720
474c8240 1721@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1722 annotate_field (5);
1723 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1724 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1725@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1726
1727It became:
1728
474c8240 1729@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1730 annotate_field (5);
1731 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1732 @{
1733 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1734 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1735 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1736 @}
474c8240 1737@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1738
1739Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1740
474c8240 1741@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1742 annotate_field (4);
1743 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1744 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1745@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1746
1747It became:
1748
474c8240 1749@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1750 annotate_field (4);
1751 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1752@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1753
1754
c906108c
SS
1755@section Console Printing
1756
1757@section TUI
1758
89437448 1759@node libgdb
c906108c 1760
89437448
AC
1761@chapter libgdb
1762
1763@section libgdb 1.0
1764@cindex @code{libgdb}
1765@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1766to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1767
1768@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1769@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1770@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1771better able to support graphical and other environments.
1772
1773Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1774evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1775
1776@itemize @bullet
1777@item
1778Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1779@item
1780Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1781@item
1782Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1783@item
1784Library - @file{gdb.h}
1785@end itemize
1786
1787The model that ties these components together is described below.
1788
1789@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1790
1791A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1792
1793@itemize @bullet
1794@item
1795As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1796@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1797state, etc).
1798@item
1799As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1800obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1801@end itemize
1802
c1468174 1803Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1804the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1805controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
587afa38 1806@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e.@: no other client is using @code{libgdb})
89437448
AC
1807before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1808
1809@section CLI support
1810
1811At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1812@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1813their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1814requirements.
1815
1816It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1817(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1818out the theory:
1819
1820@itemize @bullet
1821@item
1822The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1823@item
1824The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1825versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1826@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1827@item
1828The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1829used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1830@end itemize
1831
1832When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1833along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1834the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1835through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1836At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1837virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1838
1839The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1840@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1841client's custom builder).
1842
1843@section @code{libgdb} components
1844
1845@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1846@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1847be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1848observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1849the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1850finished the current command.
1851
1852@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1853@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1854create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1855when doing any queries.
1856
1857@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1858@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1859@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1860loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
587afa38 1861implement a new event-loop that @value{GDBN} would use.
89437448
AC
1862
1863The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1864@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1865instead of returning.
1866
1867@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1868@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1869the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1870builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1871before the query function returns.
c906108c 1872
5f5233d4
PA
1873@node Values
1874@chapter Values
1875@section Values
1876
1877@cindex values
1878@cindex @code{value} structure
1879@value{GDBN} uses @code{struct value}, or @dfn{values}, as an internal
1880abstraction for the representation of a variety of inferior objects
1881and @value{GDBN} convenience objects.
1882
1883Values have an associated @code{struct type}, that describes a virtual
1884view of the raw data or object stored in or accessed through the
1885value.
1886
1887A value is in addition discriminated by its lvalue-ness, given its
1888@code{enum lval_type} enumeration type:
1889
1890@cindex @code{lval_type} enumeration, for values.
1891@table @code
1892@item @code{not_lval}
1893This value is not an lval. It can't be assigned to.
1894
1895@item @code{lval_memory}
1896This value represents an object in memory.
1897
1898@item @code{lval_register}
1899This value represents an object that lives in a register.
1900
1901@item @code{lval_internalvar}
1902Represents the value of an internal variable.
1903
1904@item @code{lval_internalvar_component}
1905Represents part of a @value{GDBN} internal variable. E.g., a
1906structure field.
1907
1908@cindex computed values
1909@item @code{lval_computed}
1910These are ``computed'' values. They allow creating specialized value
1911objects for specific purposes, all abstracted away from the core value
1912support code. The creator of such a value writes specialized
1913functions to handle the reading and writing to/from the value's
1914backend data, and optionally, a ``copy operator'' and a
1915``destructor''.
1916
1917Pointers to these functions are stored in a @code{struct lval_funcs}
1918instance (declared in @file{value.h}), and passed to the
1919@code{allocate_computed_value} function, as in the example below.
1920
1921@smallexample
1922static void
1923nil_value_read (struct value *v)
1924@{
1925 /* This callback reads data from some backend, and stores it in V.
1926 In this case, we always read null data. You'll want to fill in
1927 something more interesting. */
1928
1929 memset (value_contents_all_raw (v),
1930 value_offset (v),
1931 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)));
1932@}
1933
1934static void
1935nil_value_write (struct value *v, struct value *fromval)
1936@{
1937 /* Takes the data from FROMVAL and stores it in the backend of V. */
1938
1939 to_oblivion (value_contents_all_raw (fromval),
1940 value_offset (v),
1941 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)));
1942@}
1943
1944static struct lval_funcs nil_value_funcs =
1945 @{
1946 nil_value_read,
1947 nil_value_write
1948 @};
1949
1950struct value *
1951make_nil_value (void)
1952@{
1953 struct type *type;
1954 struct value *v;
1955
1956 type = make_nils_type ();
1957 v = allocate_computed_value (type, &nil_value_funcs, NULL);
1958
1959 return v;
1960@}
1961@end smallexample
1962
1963See the implementation of the @code{$_siginfo} convenience variable in
1964@file{infrun.c} as a real example use of lval_computed.
1965
1966@end table
1967
669fac23
DJ
1968@node Stack Frames
1969@chapter Stack Frames
1970
1971@cindex frame
1972@cindex call stack frame
1973A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1974and called functions.
1975
1976@cindex unwind frame
1977@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1978need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1979the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1980Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1981read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1982@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1983
1984@findex frame_register_unwind
1985@findex get_frame_register
1986@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1987``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1988@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1989frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1990#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1991obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1992frame itself?
1993
1994@cindex sentinel frame
1995@findex get_frame_type
1996@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
587afa38 1997To answer this question, @value{GDBN} has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
669fac23
DJ
1998``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1999the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
2000is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
2001SENTINEL_FRAME}.
2002
2003@section Selecting an Unwinder
2004
2005@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
2006@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
2007The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
2008frame_unwind}), using the functions
2009@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
2010@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
2011sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
2012previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
2013registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
2014The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
2015is assigned to the frame.
2016
2017@section Unwinding the Frame ID
2018@cindex frame ID
2019
2020Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
2021The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
2022the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
2023including while other called frames are running; it is used to
2024locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
2025
2026Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
2027cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
2028to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
2029frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
2030when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
2031frame_info} for the same frame.
2032
2033The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
2034Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
2035frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
2036registers.
2037
2038Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
2039frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
2040two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
2041address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
2042the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
2043the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
2044
005ca36a 2045An invalid frame ID (@code{outer_frame_id}) returned from the
669fac23
DJ
2046@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
2047
005ca36a
JB
2048@code{null_frame_id} is another invalid frame ID which should be used
2049when there is no frame. For instance, certain breakpoints are attached
2050to a specific frame, and that frame is identified through its frame ID
2051(we use this to implement the "finish" command). Using
2052@code{null_frame_id} as the frame ID for a given breakpoint means
2053that the breakpoint is not specific to any frame. The @code{this_id}
2054method should never return @code{null_frame_id}.
2055
669fac23
DJ
2056@section Unwinding Registers
2057
2058Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
2059takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
2060It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
2061as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
2062current in this frame's caller.
2063
2064The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
2065have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
2066will generate the appropriate value:
2067
2068@table @code
2069@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
2070@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
2071This register was not saved.
2072
2073@item frame_unwind_got_register
2074@findex frame_unwind_got_register
2075This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
2076is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
2077same register.
2078
2079@item frame_unwind_got_memory
2080@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
2081This register was saved in memory.
2082
2083@item frame_unwind_got_constant
2084@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
2085This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
2086value some other way.
2087
2088@item frame_unwind_got_address
2089@findex frame_unwind_got_address
2090Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
2091address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
2092explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
2093pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
2094generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
2095@end table
2096
c906108c
SS
2097@node Symbol Handling
2098
2099@chapter Symbol Handling
2100
1f70da6a
SS
2101Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
2102variables, functions, and types.
2103
2104Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
2105reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
2106bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
2107all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
2108computational, rather than file reading.
2109
2110One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
2111to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
2112not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
2113time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
2114we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
2115symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
2116
2117@section Symbol Reading
2118
56caf160
EZ
2119@cindex symbol reading
2120@cindex reading of symbols
2121@cindex symbol files
2122@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
2123file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
2124debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
2125symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
2126more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
2127addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
2128libraries.
56caf160
EZ
2129
2130@findex find_sym_fns
2131Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
2132the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
2133of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
2134this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
2135
2136@findex add_symtab_fns
2137@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2138@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2139Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2140@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2141to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2142name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2143and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2144times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2145prefix.
2146
2147The functions supplied by each module are:
2148
2149@table @code
2150@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2151
56caf160 2152@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2153Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2154symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2155resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2156read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2157might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2158whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2159
2160The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2161@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2162new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2163and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2164information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2165in the @code{private} field.
2166
2167There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2168@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2169
2170@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2171
2172Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2173This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2174state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2175@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2176arguments and no result. It may be called after
2177@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2178may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2179
2180@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2181
2182Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2183symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2184
56caf160 2185@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2186@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2187the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2188address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2189table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2190or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2191@end table
2192
2193In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2194@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2195to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2196from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2197
2198@table @code
2199@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2200
56caf160 2201Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2202the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2203pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2204symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2205@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2206zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2207@end table
2208
2209@section Partial Symbol Tables
2210
56caf160 2211@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2212
2213@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2214@cindex full symbol table
2215@cindex symtabs
2216@item
2217Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2218information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2219
56caf160
EZ
2220@cindex psymtabs
2221@item
2222Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2223information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2224symbol table.
2225
56caf160
EZ
2226@cindex minimal symbol table
2227@cindex minsymtabs
2228@item
2229Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2230gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2231@end itemize
2232
56caf160 2233@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2234This section describes partial symbol tables.
2235
2236A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2237file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2238extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2239need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2240information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2241quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2242pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2243the user.
2244@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2245
2246The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2247visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2248that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2249types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2250
2251The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2252full symbol table would represent.
2253
56caf160
EZ
2254@cindex finding a symbol
2255@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2256The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2257code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2258
2259@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2260@findex find_pc_function
2261@findex find_pc_line
2262@item
c1468174 2263By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2264function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2265range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2266@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2267@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2268
56caf160
EZ
2269@cindex lookup_symbol
2270@item
2271By its name
c1468174 2272(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2273function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2274psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2275have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2276case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2277qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2278local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2279does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2280@end itemize
2281
2282The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2283at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2284while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2285psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2286them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2287either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2288name.
2289
56caf160
EZ
2290It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2291been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2292in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2293all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2294ranges.
c906108c 2295
56caf160 2296The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2297thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2298be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2299bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2300and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2301on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2302unless you want to do a lot more work.
2303
2304@section Types
2305
56caf160 2306@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2307
56caf160 2308@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2309These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2310types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2311into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2312that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2313knows about.
c906108c 2314
56caf160 2315@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2316
56caf160
EZ
2317@cindex type codes
2318Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2319of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2320@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2321which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2322types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2323other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2324or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2325
56caf160 2326@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2327
2328These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2329fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2330use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2331eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2332initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2333@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2334an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2335@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2336only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2337@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2338some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2339
2340@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2341@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2342
2343@subsection a.out
2344
56caf160
EZ
2345@cindex @code{a.out} format
2346The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2347consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2348which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2349respectively.
c906108c 2350
56caf160 2351The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2352place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2353@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2354format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2355symbols with distinctive attributes.
2356
56caf160 2357The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2358
2359@subsection COFF
2360
56caf160 2361@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2362The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2363COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2364number of sections is limited.
2365
2366The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2367was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2368For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2369included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2370encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2371
2372The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2373
2374@subsection ECOFF
2375
56caf160 2376@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2377ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2378workstations.
2379
2380The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2381
2382@subsection XCOFF
2383
56caf160 2384@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2385The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2386The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2387symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2388@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2389information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2390
2391The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2392shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2393refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2394relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2395using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2396been run (or the core file has been read).
2397
2398@subsection PE
2399
56caf160
EZ
2400@cindex PE-COFF format
2401Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2402executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2403
25822942 2404While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2405COFF reader.
2406
2407@subsection ELF
2408
56caf160 2409@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2410The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2411similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2412removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2413encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2414
2415The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2416
2417@subsection SOM
2418
56caf160 2419@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2420SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2421SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2422
1a92f856 2423The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2424
c906108c
SS
2425@section Debugging File Formats
2426
2427This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2428are independent of the object file format.
2429
2430@subsection stabs
2431
56caf160 2432@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2433@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2434format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2435formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2436
2437While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2438including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2439the real work.
2440
2441@subsection COFF
2442
56caf160 2443@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2444The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2445of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2446
2447@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2448
56caf160 2449@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2450ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2451
2452The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2453
1f70da6a
SS
2454@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2455
c906108c
SS
2456@subsection DWARF 2
2457
56caf160 2458@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2459DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2460
2461The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2462
31fffb02
CS
2463@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2464
2465@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2466Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2467merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2468format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2469information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2470is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2471DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2472DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2473
2474@itemize @bullet
2475@item
24764 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2477@item
24788 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2479order.
2480@end itemize
2481
2482The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2483Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2484@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2485
1f70da6a
SS
2486@subsection DWARF 3
2487
2488@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2489DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2490
c906108c
SS
2491@subsection SOM
2492
56caf160 2493@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2494Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2495
25822942 2496@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2497
56caf160
EZ
2498@cindex adding debugging info reader
2499If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2500there is probably little to be done.
2501
2502If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2503BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2504
2505You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2506debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2507routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2508debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2509depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2510
2511For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2512to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2513platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2514will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2515directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2516@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2517
c91d38aa
DJ
2518@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2519
2520Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2521its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2522namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2523
2524Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2525released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2526objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2527they could be unloaded at different times.
2528
2529User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2530these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2531is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2532the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2533
c906108c
SS
2534
2535@node Language Support
2536
2537@chapter Language Support
2538
56caf160
EZ
2539@cindex language support
2540@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2541although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2542manually.
c906108c 2543
56caf160
EZ
2544@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2545of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2546means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2547identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2548
25822942 2549@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2550
56caf160
EZ
2551@cindex adding source language
2552To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2553following steps:
c906108c
SS
2554
2555@table @emph
2556@item Create the expression parser.
2557
56caf160 2558@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2559This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2560building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2561@file{parse.c}.
2562
56caf160 2563@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2564Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2565parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2566@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2567various parsers from defining the same global names:
2568
474c8240 2569@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2570#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2571#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2572#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2573#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2574#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2575#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2576#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2577#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2578#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2579#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2580#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2581#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2582#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2583#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2584#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2585#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2586@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2587
2588At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2589initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2590@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2591@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2592that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2593and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2594@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2595language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2596for more information.
2597
2598@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2599
56caf160
EZ
2600@cindex expression evaluation routines
2601@findex evaluate_subexp
2602@findex prefixify_subexp
2603@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2604If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2605add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2606code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2607defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2608for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2609@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2610the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2611
2612@item Update some existing code
2613
2614Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2615@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2616
2617Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2618These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2619are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2620statement, an error is reported.
2621
56caf160 2622@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2623Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2624@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2625@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2626string.
2627
56caf160 2628@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2629Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2630language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2631dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2632
56caf160 2633@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2634Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2635code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2636This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2637Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2638file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2639information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2640code.
2641
56caf160
EZ
2642@findex print_subexp
2643@findex op_print_tab
2644Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2645expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2646printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2647
2648@item Add a place of call
2649
56caf160 2650@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2651Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2652@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2653
c906108c
SS
2654@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2655
2656Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2657variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2658not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2659distribution!
c906108c
SS
2660@end table
2661
2662
2663@node Host Definition
2664
2665@chapter Host Definition
2666
56caf160 2667With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2668definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2669mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2670
2671@section Adding a New Host
2672
56caf160
EZ
2673@cindex adding a new host
2674@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2675@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2676New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2677@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2678below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2679eventually disappear.
c906108c 2680
c906108c 2681@table @file
c906108c 2682@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2683This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2684native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2685machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2686by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2687
1f70da6a 2688Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2689@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2690@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2691
1f70da6a 2692New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2693
c906108c
SS
2694@end table
2695
1f70da6a
SS
2696(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2697used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2698have all been removed.)
2699
c906108c
SS
2700@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2701
56caf160 2702@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2703There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2704various systems.
c906108c
SS
2705
2706@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2707@cindex remote debugging support
2708@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2709@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2710This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2711default on all Unix-like hosts.
2712
2713@item ser-pipe.c
2714This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2715default on all Unix-like hosts.
2716
2717@item ser-mingw.c
2718This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2719Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2720
2721@item ser-go32.c
2722This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2723using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2724
56caf160 2725@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2726@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2727This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2728default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2729@end table
2730
2731@section Host Conditionals
2732
56caf160
EZ
2733When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2734defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2735attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2736host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2737setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2738
2739These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2740here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2741are:
c906108c 2742
56caf160 2743@ftable @code
25822942 2744@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2745The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2746@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2747
c906108c
SS
2748@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2749If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2750of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2751
2752@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2753Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2754the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2755
c906108c 2756@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2757@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2758Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2759line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2760characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2761which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2762mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2763
2764@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2765@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2766The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2767
2768@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2769@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2770The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2771
c906108c
SS
2772@item ISATTY
2773Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2774
1f70da6a
SS
2775@item FOPEN_RB
2776Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2777
2778@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2779@cindex @code{long long} data type
2780Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2781by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2782
2783@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2784Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2785the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2786@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2787
c906108c
SS
2788@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2789Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2790@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2791is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2792
c906108c
SS
2793@item NORETURN
2794If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2795that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2796indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2797if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2798
2799@item ATTR_NORETURN
2800If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2801@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2802of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2803set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2804defined.
2805
c906108c 2806@item lint
56caf160 2807Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2808
2809@item volatile
2810Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2811@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2812@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2813
2814
2815@node Target Architecture Definition
2816
2817@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2818
56caf160
EZ
2819@cindex target architecture definition
2820@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2821machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2822with them.
c906108c 2823
af6c57ea
AC
2824The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2825@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2826using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2827
b6fd0dfb
NR
2828@menu
2829* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2830* Initialize New Architecture::
2831* Registers and Memory::
2832* Pointers and Addresses::
2833* Address Classes::
587afa38 2834* Register Representation::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2835* Frame Interpretation::
2836* Inferior Call Setup::
b39f4988 2837* Adding support for debugging core files::
587afa38 2838* Defining Other Architecture Features::
b6fd0dfb 2839* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2840@end menu
2841
2842@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2843@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2844@cindex OS ABI variants
2845
2846@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2847ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2848variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2849components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2850
2851A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2852(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2853OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2854to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2855considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2856overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2857architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2858different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2859OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2860examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2861sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2862
2863@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2864A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2865selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2866for each BFD architecture.
2867
f4b3909f 2868The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2869
2870@table @code
2871
f4b3909f
EZ
2872@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2873@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2874Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2875
70f80edf
JT
2876@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2877@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2878The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2879settings for the architecture will be used.
2880
2881@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2882@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2883UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2884
2885@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2886@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2887GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2888
2889@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2890@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2891Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2892
2893@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2894@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2895OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2896
2897@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2898@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2899GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2900
2901@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2902@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2903FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2904
2905@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2906@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2907FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2908
2909@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2910@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2911NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2912
2913@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2914@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2915NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2916
2917@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2918@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2919OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2920
2921@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2922@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2923Windows CE.
70f80edf 2924
1029b7fa
MK
2925@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2926@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2927DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2928
f4b3909f
EZ
2929@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2930@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2931Irix.
2932
f4b3909f
EZ
2933@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2934@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2935Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2936
f4b3909f
EZ
2937@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2938@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2939HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2940
f4b3909f
EZ
2941@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2942@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2943HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2944
f4b3909f
EZ
2945@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2946@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2947QNX Neutrino.
2948
2949@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2950@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2951Cygwin.
2952
2953@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2954@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2955AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2956
2957@end table
2958
2959Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2960
587afa38 2961@deftypefun {const char *} gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
70f80edf
JT
2962Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2963@end deftypefun
2964
c133ab7a 2965@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2966Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2967architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2968@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2969machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2970will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2971@end deftypefun
2972
2973@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2974Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2975BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2976If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2977be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2978any architecture.
2979@end deftypefun
2980
587afa38 2981@deftypefun {enum gdb_osabi} gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
70f80edf
JT
2982Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2983The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2984be determined.
2985@end deftypefun
2986
2987@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2988Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2989@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2990corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2991architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2992with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2993@end deftypefun
2994
f4b3909f
EZ
2995@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2996Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2997@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2998from the note. This function should be called via
2999@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
3000@end deftypefun
3001
b6fd0dfb 3002@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
3003@section Initializing a New Architecture
3004
587afa38
EZ
3005@menu
3006* How an Architecture is Represented::
3007* Looking Up an Existing Architecture::
3008* Creating a New Architecture::
3009@end menu
3010
3011@node How an Architecture is Represented
3012@subsection How an Architecture is Represented
3013@cindex architecture representation
3014@cindex representation of architecture
3015
7a107747 3016Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
587afa38
EZ
3017via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} in the @code{bfd_architecture}
3018enumeration. The @code{gdbarch} is registered by a call to
3019@code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from the file's
3020@code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will be automatically
3021called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments are a @sc{bfd}
3022architecture constant and an initialization function.
3023
3024@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
3025@cindex @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}
3026A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, @var{arch} is created by
3027defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
3028convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For example,
3029in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
3030@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
3031@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
3032
3033@cindex @file{configure.tgt}
3034@cindex @code{gdbarch}
3035@findex gdbarch_register
3036The resulting object files containing the implementation of the
3037@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function are specified in the @value{GDBN}
3038@file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case statement
3039pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
3040@code{configure} script. The new @code{struct gdbarch} is created
3041within the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
3042@code{gdbarch_register}:
3043
3044@smallexample
3045void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture @var{architecture},
3046 gdbarch_init_ftype *@var{init_func},
3047 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *@var{tdep_dump_func});
3048@end smallexample
3049
3050The @var{architecture} will identify the unique @sc{bfd} to be
3051associated with this @code{gdbarch}. The @var{init_func} funciton is
3052called to create and return the new @code{struct gdbarch}. The
3053@var{tdep_dump_func} function will dump the target specific details
3054associated with this architecture.
3055
3056For example the function @code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} creates its
3057architecture for 32-bit OpenRISC 1000 architectures by calling:
3058
3059@smallexample
3060gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_or32, or1k_gdbarch_init, or1k_dump_tdep);
3061@end smallexample
3062
3063@node Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3064@subsection Looking Up an Existing Architecture
3065@cindex @code{gdbarch} lookup
7a107747 3066
587afa38 3067The initialization function has this prototype:
7a107747
DJ
3068
3069@smallexample
3070static struct gdbarch *
3071@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
3072 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
3073@end smallexample
3074
3075The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
3076architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
3077have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
3078value.
3079
3080The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
3081is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
3082search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
3083return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
3084create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
3085
587afa38
EZ
3086@findex gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info
3087@cindex @code{gdbarch_info}
3088The lookup is done using @code{gdbarch_list_lookup_by_info}. It is
3089passed the list of existing architectures, @var{arches}, and the
3090@code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info}, and returns the first matching
3091architecture it finds, or @code{NULL} if none are found. If an
3092architecture is found it can be returned as the result from the
3093initialization function, otherwise a new @code{struct gdbach} will need
3094to be created.
3095
3096The struct gdbarch_info has the following components:
3097
3098@smallexample
3099struct gdbarch_info
3100@{
3101 const struct bfd_arch_info *bfd_arch_info;
3102 int byte_order;
3103 bfd *abfd;
3104 struct gdbarch_tdep_info *tdep_info;
3105 enum gdb_osabi osabi;
3106 const struct target_desc *target_desc;
3107@};
3108@end smallexample
3109
3110@vindex bfd_arch_info
3111The @code{bfd_arch_info} member holds the key details about the
3112architecture. The @code{byte_order} member is a value in an
3113enumeration indicating the endianism. The @code{abfd} member is a
3114pointer to the full @sc{bfd}, the @code{tdep_info} member is
3115additional custom target specific information, @code{osabi} identifies
3116which (if any) of a number of operating specific ABIs are used by this
3117architecture and the @code{target_desc} member is a set of name-value
3118pairs with information about register usage in this target.
3119
3120When the @code{struct gdbarch} initialization function is called, not
3121all the fields are provided---only those which can be deduced from the
3122@sc{bfd}. The @code{struct gdbarch_info}, @var{info} is used as a
3123look-up key with the list of existing architectures, @var{arches} to
3124see if a suitable architecture already exists. The @var{tdep_info},
3125@var{osabi} and @var{target_desc} fields may be added before this
3126lookup to refine the search.
3127
7a107747
DJ
3128Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
3129architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
3130defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
3131However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
3132so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
3133defaults from @var{arches}.
3134
587afa38
EZ
3135@node Creating a New Architecture
3136@subsection Creating a New Architecture
3137@cindex @code{struct gdbarch} creation
3138
3139@findex gdbarch_alloc
3140@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} when allocating new @code{gdbarch}
3141If no architecture is found, then a new architecture must be created,
3142by calling @code{gdbarch_alloc} using the supplied @code{@w{struct
3143gdbarch_info}} and any additional custom target specific
3144information in a @code{struct gdbarch_tdep}. The prototype for
3145@code{gdbarch_alloc} is:
3146
3147@smallexample
3148struct gdbarch *gdbarch_alloc (const struct gdbarch_info *@var{info},
3149 struct gdbarch_tdep *@var{tdep});
3150@end smallexample
3151
3152@cindex @code{set_gdbarch} functions
3153@cindex @code{gdbarch} accessor functions
3154The newly created struct gdbarch must then be populated. Although
3155there are default values, in most cases they are not what is
3156required.
3157
3158For each element, @var{X}, there is are a pair of corresponding accessor
3159functions, one to set the value of that element,
3160@code{set_gdbarch_@var{X}}, the second to either get the value of an
3161element (if it is a variable) or to apply the element (if it is a
3162function), @code{gdbarch_@var{X}}. Note that both accessor functions
3163take a pointer to the @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} as first
3164argument. Populating the new @code{gdbarch} should use the
3165@code{set_gdbarch} functions.
3166
3167The following sections identify the main elements that should be set
3168in this way. This is not the complete list, but represents the
3169functions and elements that must commonly be specified for a new
3170architecture. Many of the functions and variables are described in the
3171header file @file{gdbarch.h}.
3172
3173This is the main work in defining a new architecture. Implementing the
3174set of functions to populate the @code{struct gdbarch}.
3175
3176@cindex @code{gdbarch_tdep} definition
3177@code{struct gdbarch_tdep} is not defined within @value{GDBN}---it is up
3178to the user to define this struct if it is needed to hold custom target
3179information that is not covered by the standard @code{@w{struct
3180gdbarch}}. For example with the OpenRISC 1000 architecture it is used to
3181hold the number of matchpoints available in the target (along with other
3182information).
3183
3184If there is no additional target specific information, it can be set to
3185@code{NULL}.
3186
b6fd0dfb 3187@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
3188@section Registers and Memory
3189
56caf160
EZ
3190@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
3191@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
3192block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 3193
56caf160
EZ
3194@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
3195compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
3196that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
3197to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 3198and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 3199
25822942 3200@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 3201
b6fd0dfb 3202@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
3203@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
3204@cindex pointer representation
3205@cindex address representation
3206@cindex word-addressed machines
3207@cindex separate data and code address spaces
3208@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
3209@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
3210@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
3211@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
3212@cindex D10V addresses
3213
3214On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
3215indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
3216whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 3217machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
3218However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
3219address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
3220identity, and allows a larger code address space.
3221
1f70da6a
SS
3222@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
3223
172c2a43 3224For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
3225instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
3226actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
3227jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
3228full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
3229If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
3230then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
3231However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
3232low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
3233zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
3234the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
3235refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
3236code space.
3237
3238However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3239forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3240@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3241@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3242
3243(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3244affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3245going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3246
56caf160
EZ
3247To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3248one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3249byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3250of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3251@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3252@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3253@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3254and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3255
3256Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3257processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3258each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3259distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3260clean up some architecture-independent code.
3261
3262Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3263
3264@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3265Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3266@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3267appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3268@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3269@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3270inferior's.
3271
3272For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3273extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3274@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3275D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3276@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3277
3278If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3279will signal an internal error.
3280@end deftypefun
3281
3282@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3283Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3284pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3285@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3286inferior's.
3287
3288For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3289stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3290appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3291is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3292a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3293
3294If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3295will signal an internal error.
3296@end deftypefun
3297
f23631e4 3298@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3299Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3300as appropriate for the current architecture.
3301
3302This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3303For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3304described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3305@end deftypefun
3306
3307@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3308Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3309the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3310This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3311above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3312@end deftypefun
3313
4a9bb1df 3314Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3315relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3316definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3317simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3318
473f94e6 3319@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3320Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3321appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3322address the pointer refers to.
3323
3324This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3325C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3326@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3327
473f94e6 3328@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3329Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3330@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3331
3332This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3333C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3334@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3335
b6fd0dfb 3336@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3337@section Address Classes
3338@cindex address classes
3339@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3340@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3341
3342Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3343via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3344define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3345distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3346info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3347address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3348following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3349types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3350a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3351
473f94e6 3352@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3353Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3354is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3355This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3356@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3357@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3358
473f94e6 3359@deftypefun {char *} gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3360Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3361its name.
4a9bb1df 3362@end deftypefun
473f94e6 3363@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3364Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3365for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3366@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3367
3368Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3369the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3370functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3371
3372Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
337332-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3374suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3375uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3376of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3377to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3378
3379@smallexample
3380somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3381 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3382@{
b5b0480a
KB
3383 if (byte_size == 2)
3384 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3385 else
3386 return 0;
f2abfe65 3387@}
b5b0480a
KB
3388
3389static char *
3390somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3391@{
b5b0480a
KB
3392 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3393 return "short";
3394 else
3395 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3396@}
b5b0480a
KB
3397
3398int
3399somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3400 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3401@{
b5b0480a 3402 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3403 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3404 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3405 return 1;
f2abfe65 3406 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3407 else
3408 return 0;
f2abfe65 3409@}
b5b0480a
KB
3410@end smallexample
3411
3412The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
587afa38
EZ
3413to indicate the presence of one of these ``short'' pointers. For
3414example if the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is
3415one of these short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following
3416behavior:
b5b0480a
KB
3417
3418@smallexample
3419(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3420type = int * @@short
3421@end smallexample
3422
93e79dbd 3423
587afa38
EZ
3424@node Register Representation
3425@section Register Representation
3426
3427@menu
3428* Raw and Cooked Registers::
3429* Register Architecture Functions & Variables::
3430* Register Information Functions::
3431* Register and Memory Data::
3432* Register Caching::
3433@end menu
3434
3435@node Raw and Cooked Registers
3436@subsection Raw and Cooked Registers
13d01224 3437@cindex raw register representation
587afa38
EZ
3438@cindex cooked register representation
3439@cindex representations, raw and cooked registers
3440
3441@value{GDBN} considers registers to be a set with members numbered
3442linearly from 0 upwards. The first part of that set corresponds to real
3443physical registers, the second part to any @dfn{pseudo-registers}.
3444Pseudo-registers have no independent physical existence, but are useful
3445representations of information within the architecture. For example the
3446OpenRISC 1000 architecture has up to 32 general purpose registers, which
3447are typically represented as 32-bit (or 64-bit) integers. However the
3448GPRs are also used as operands to the floating point operations, and it
3449could be convenient to define a set of pseudo-registers, to show the
3450GPRs represented as floating point values.
3451
3452For any architecture, the implementer will decide on a mapping from
3453hardware to @value{GDBN} register numbers. The registers corresponding to real
3454hardware are referred to as @dfn{raw} registers, the remaining registers are
3455@dfn{pseudo-registers}. The total register set (raw and pseudo) is called
3456the @dfn{cooked} register set.
3457
3458
3459@node Register Architecture Functions & Variables
3460@subsection Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture
3461@cindex @code{gdbarch} register architecture functions
3462
3463These @code{struct gdbarch} functions and variables specify the number
3464and type of registers in the architecture.
3465
3466@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR read_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache})
3467@end deftypefn
3468@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void write_pc (struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{val})
13d01224 3469
587afa38
EZ
3470Read or write the program counter. The default value of both
3471functions is @code{NULL} (no function available). If the program
3472counter is just an ordinary register, it can be specified in
3473@code{struct gdbarch} instead (see @code{pc_regnum} below) and it will
3474be read or written using the standard routines to access registers. This
3475function need only be specified if the program counter is not an
3476ordinary register.
3477
3478Any register information can be obtained using the supplied register
3479cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, , Register Caching}.
3480
3481@end deftypefn
3482
3483@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3484@end deftypefn
3485@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, int @var{regnum}, const gdb_byte *@var{buf})
3486
3487These functions should be defined if there are any pseudo-registers.
3488The default value is @code{NULL}. @var{regnum} is the number of the
3489register to read or write (which will be a @dfn{cooked} register
3490number) and @var{buf} is the buffer where the value read will be
3491placed, or from which the value to be written will be taken. The
3492value in the buffer may be converted to or from a signed or unsigned
3493integral value using one of the utility functions (@pxref{Register and
d0384fc4 3494Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3495Representations}).
af6c57ea 3496
587afa38
EZ
3497The access should be for the specified architecture,
3498@var{gdbarch}. Any register information can be obtained using the
3499supplied register cache, @var{regcache}. @xref{Register Caching, ,
3500Register Caching}.
9fb4dd36 3501
587afa38 3502@end deftypefn
13d01224 3503
587afa38
EZ
3504@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int sp_regnum
3505@vindex sp_regnum
3506@cindex stack pointer
3507@cindex @kbd{$sp}
9fb4dd36 3508
587afa38
EZ
3509This specifies the register holding the stack pointer, which may be a
3510raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined), but it is an
3511error for it not to be defined.
9fb4dd36 3512
587afa38
EZ
3513The value of the stack pointer register can be accessed withing
3514@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$sp}.
3515
3516@end deftypevr
3517
3518@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int pc_regnum
3519@vindex pc_regnum
3520@cindex program counter
3521@cindex @kbd{$pc}
3522
3523This specifies the register holding the program counter, which may be a
3524raw or pseudo-register. It defaults to -1 (not defined). If
3525@code{pc_regnum} is not defined, then the functions @code{read_pc} and
3526@code{write_pc} (see above) must be defined.
3527
3528The value of the program counter (whether defined as a register, or
3529through @code{read_pc} and @code{write_pc}) can be accessed withing
3530@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$pc}.
3531
3532@end deftypevr
3533
3534@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int ps_regnum
3535@vindex ps_regnum
3536@cindex processor status register
3537@cindex status register
3538@cindex @kbd{$ps}
3539
3540This specifies the register holding the processor status (often called
3541the status register), which may be a raw or pseudo-register. It
3542defaults to -1 (not defined).
3543
3544If defined, the value of this register can be accessed withing
3545@value{GDBN} as the variable @kbd{$ps}.
3546
3547@end deftypevr
3548
3549@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int fp0_regnum
3550@vindex fp0_regnum
3551@cindex first floating point register
3552
3553This specifies the first floating point register. It defaults to
35540. @code{fp0_regnum} is not needed unless the target offers support
3555for floating point.
9fb4dd36 3556
587afa38 3557@end deftypevr
9fb4dd36 3558
587afa38
EZ
3559@node Register Information Functions
3560@subsection Functions Giving Register Information
3561@cindex @code{gdbarch} register information functions
9fb4dd36 3562
587afa38
EZ
3563These functions return information about registers.
3564
3565@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {const char *} register_name (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
3566
3567This function should convert a register number (raw or pseudo) to a
3568register name (as a C @code{const char *}). This is used both to
3569determine the name of a register for output and to work out the meaning
3570of any register names used as input. The function may also return
3571@code{NULL}, to indicate that @var{regnum} is not a valid register.
3572
3573For example with the OpenRISC 1000, @value{GDBN} registers 0-31 are the
3574General Purpose Registers, register 32 is the program counter and
3575register 33 is the supervision register (i.e.@: the processor status
3576register), which map to the strings @code{"gpr00"} through
3577@code{"gpr31"}, @code{"pc"} and @code{"sr"} respectively. This means
3578that the @value{GDBN} command @kbd{print $gpr5} should print the value of
3579the OR1K general purpose register 5@footnote{
3580@cindex frame pointer
3581@cindex @kbd{$fp}
3582Historically, @value{GDBN} always had a concept of a frame pointer
3583register, which could be accessed via the @value{GDBN} variable,
3584@kbd{$fp}. That concept is now deprecated, recognizing that not all
3585architectures have a frame pointer. However if an architecture does
3586have a frame pointer register, and defines a register or
3587pseudo-register with the name @code{"fp"}, then that register will be
3588used as the value of the @kbd{$fp} variable.}.
3589
3590The default value for this function is @code{NULL}, meaning
3591undefined. It should always be defined.
3592
3593The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch}.
6f6ef15a 3594
9fb4dd36
JB
3595@end deftypefn
3596
587afa38 3597@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct type *} register_type (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum})
9fb4dd36 3598
587afa38
EZ
3599Given a register number, this function identifies the type of data it
3600may be holding, specified as a @code{struct type}. @value{GDBN} allows
3601creation of arbitrary types, but a number of built in types are
3602provided (@code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_int32} etc),
3603together with functions to derive types from these.
3604
3605Typically the program counter will have a type of ``pointer to
3606function'' (it points to code), the frame pointer and stack pointer
3607will have types of ``pointer to void'' (they point to data on the stack)
3608and all other integer registers will have a type of 32-bit integer or
360964-bit integer.
3610
3611This information guides the formatting when displaying register
3612information. The default value is @code{NULL} meaning no information is
3613available to guide formatting when displaying registers.
3614
3615@end deftypefn
3616
3617@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_registers_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, int @var{regnum}, int @var{all})
3618
3619Define this function to print out one or all of the registers for the
3620@value{GDBN} @kbd{info registers} command. The default value is the
3621function @code{default_print_registers_info}, which uses the register
3622type information (see @code{register_type} above) to determine how each
3623register should be printed. Define a custom version of this function
3624for fuller control over how the registers are displayed.
3625
3626The access should be for the specified architecture, @var{gdbarch},
3627with output to the the file specified by the User Interface
3628Independent Output file handle, @var{file} (@pxref{UI-Independent
3629Output, , UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out}
3630Functions}).
3631
3632The registers should show their values in the frame specified by
3633@var{frame}. If @var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is zero, then all
3634the ``significant'' registers should be shown (the implementer should
3635decide which registers are ``significant''). Otherwise only the value of
3636the register specified by @var{regnum} should be output. If
3637@var{regnum} is -1 and @var{all} is non-zero (true), then the value of
3638all registers should be shown.
3639
3640By default @code{default_print_registers_info} prints one register per
3641line, and if @var{all} is zero omits floating-point registers.
3642
3643@end deftypefn
3644
3645@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_float_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3646
3647Define this function to provide output about the floating point unit and
3648registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info float} command respectively.
3649The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3650will be provided.
3651
3652The @var{gdbarch} and @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the same
3653meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The string
3654@var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info float}
3655command.
3656
3657Define this function if the target supports floating point operations.
6f6ef15a 3658
9fb4dd36
JB
3659@end deftypefn
3660
587afa38
EZ
3661@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void print_vector_info (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct ui_file *@var{file}, struct frame_info *@var{frame}, const char *@var{args})
3662
3663Define this function to provide output about the vector unit and
3664registers for the @value{GDBN} @kbd{info vector} command respectively.
3665The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined), meaning no information
3666will be provided.
3667
3668The @var{gdbarch}, @var{file} and @var{frame} arguments have the
3669same meaning as in the @code{print_registers_info} function above. The
3670string @var{args} contains any supplementary arguments to the @kbd{info
3671vector} command.
3672
3673Define this function if the target supports vector operations.
9fb4dd36 3674
9fb4dd36
JB
3675@end deftypefn
3676
587afa38
EZ
3677@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int register_reggroup_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{regnum}, struct reggroup *@var{group})
3678
3679@value{GDBN} groups registers into different categories (general,
3680vector, floating point etc). This function, given a register,
3681@var{regnum}, and group, @var{group}, returns 1 (true) if the register
3682is in the group and 0 (false) otherwise.
3683
3684The information should be for the specified architecture,
3685@var{gdbarch}
3686
3687The default value is the function @code{default_register_reggroup_p}
3688which will do a reasonable job based on the type of the register (see
3689the function @code{register_type} above), with groups for general
3690purpose registers, floating point registers, vector registers and raw
3691(i.e not pseudo) registers.
3692
3693@end deftypefn
9fb4dd36 3694
b6fd0dfb 3695@node Register and Memory Data
587afa38 3696@subsection Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
13d01224
AC
3697@cindex register representation
3698@cindex memory representation
3699@cindex representations, register and memory
3700@cindex register data formats, converting
3701@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3702
587afa38
EZ
3703Some architectures have different representations of data objects,
3704depending whether the object is held in a register or memory. For
3705example:
13d01224
AC
3706
3707@itemize @bullet
3708
3709@item
3710The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3711floating-point registers.
3712
3713@item
3714The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
587afa38
EZ
3715@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80
3716bits when stored in a register.
13d01224
AC
3717
3718@end itemize
3719
3720In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3721the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3722the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3723Interface.
3724
3725For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3726representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
587afa38
EZ
3727However, they do occasionally differ. An architecture may define the
3728following @code{struct gdbarch} functions to request conversions
3729between the register and memory representations of a data type:
13d01224 3730
587afa38 3731@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224 3732
587afa38
EZ
3733Return non-zero (true) if the representation of a data value stored in
3734this register may be different to the representation of that same data
3735value when stored in memory. The default value is @code{NULL}
3736(undefined).
83acabca 3737
587afa38
EZ
3738If this function is defined and returns non-zero, the @code{struct
3739gdbarch} functions @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3740@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} (see below) should be used to perform
3741any necessary conversion.
13d01224 3742
587afa38
EZ
3743If defined, this function should return zero for the register's native
3744type, when no conversion is necessary.
3745@end deftypefn
13d01224 3746
587afa38 3747@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3748
587afa38
EZ
3749Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of
3750type @var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value
3751in raw format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at
3752@var{to}.
3753
3754@quotation
3755@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3756@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3757arguments in different orders.
3758@end quotation
3759
3760@code{gdbarch_register_to_value} should only be used with registers
3761for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3762non-zero value.
3763
3764@end deftypefn
3765
3766@deftypefn {Architecture Function} void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224 3767
13d01224
AC
3768Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3769raw format.
3770
587afa38
EZ
3771@quotation
3772@emph{Note:} @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3773@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3774arguments in different orders.
3775@end quotation
13d01224 3776
587afa38
EZ
3777@code{gdbarch_value_to_register} should only be used with registers
3778for which the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a
3779non-zero value.
3780
3781@end deftypefn
3782
3783@node Register Caching
3784@subsection Register Caching
3785@cindex register caching
3786
3787Caching of registers is used, so that the target does not need to be
3788accessed and reanalyzed multiple times for each register in
3789circumstances where the register value cannot have changed.
3790
3791@cindex @code{struct regcache}
3792@value{GDBN} provides @code{struct regcache}, associated with a
3793particular @code{struct gdbarch} to hold the cached values of the raw
3794registers. A set of functions is provided to access both the raw
3795registers (with @code{raw} in their name) and the full set of cooked
3796registers (with @code{cooked} in their name). Functions are provided
3797to ensure the register cache is kept synchronized with the values of
3798the actual registers in the target.
3799
3800Accessing registers through the @code{struct regcache} routines will
3801ensure that the appropriate @code{struct gdbarch} functions are called
3802when necessary to access the underlying target architecture. In general
3803users should use the @dfn{cooked} functions, since these will map to the
3804@dfn{raw} functions automatically as appropriate.
3805
3806@findex regcache_cooked_read
3807@findex regcache_cooked_write
3808@cindex @code{gdb_byte}
3809@findex regcache_cooked_read_signed
3810@findex regcache_cooked_read_unsigned
3811@findex regcache_cooked_write_signed
3812@findex regcache_cooked_write_unsigned
3813The two key functions are @code{regcache_cooked_read} and
3814@code{regcache_cooked_write} which read or write a register from or to
3815a byte buffer (type @code{gdb_byte *}). For convenience the wrapper
3816functions @code{regcache_cooked_read_signed},
3817@code{regcache_cooked_read_unsigned},
3818@code{regcache_cooked_write_signed} and
3819@code{regcache_cooked_write_unsigned} are provided, which read or
3820write the value using the buffer and convert to or from an integral
3821value as appropriate.
13d01224 3822
b6fd0dfb 3823@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3824@section Frame Interpretation
3825
587afa38
EZ
3826@menu
3827* All About Stack Frames::
3828* Frame Handling Terminology::
3829* Prologue Caches::
3830* Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames::
3831* Functions to Access Frame Data::
3832* Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers::
3833@end menu
3834
3835@node All About Stack Frames
3836@subsection All About Stack Frames
3837
3838@value{GDBN} needs to understand the stack on which local (automatic)
3839variables are stored. The area of the stack containing all the local
3840variables for a function invocation is known as the @dfn{stack frame}
3841for that function (or colloquially just as the @dfn{frame}). In turn the
3842function that called the function will have its stack frame, and so on
3843back through the chain of functions that have been called.
3844
3845Almost all architectures have one register dedicated to point to the
3846end of the stack (the @dfn{stack pointer}). Many have a second register
3847which points to the start of the currently active stack frame (the
3848@dfn{frame pointer}). The specific arrangements for an architecture are
3849a key part of the ABI.
3850
3851A diagram helps to explain this. Here is a simple program to compute
3852factorials:
3853
3854@smallexample
3855#include <stdio.h>
3856int fact (int n)
3857@{
3858 if (0 == n)
3859 @{
3860 return 1;
3861 @}
3862 else
3863 @{
3864 return n * fact (n - 1);
3865 @}
3866@}
3867
3868main ()
3869@{
3870 int i;
3871
3872 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
3873 @{
3874 int f = fact (i);
3875 printf ("%d! = %d\n", i, f);
3876 @}
3877@}
3878@end smallexample
3879
3880Consider the state of the stack when the code reaches line 6 after the
3881main program has called @code{fact@w{ }(3)}. The chain of function
3882calls will be @code{main ()}, @code{fact@w{ }(3)}, @code{fact@w{
3883}(2)}, @code{@w{fact (1)}} and @code{fact@w{ }(0)}.
3884
3885In this illustration the stack is falling (as used for example by the
3886OpenRISC 1000 ABI). The stack pointer (SP) is at the end of the stack
3887(lowest address) and the frame pointer (FP) is at the highest address
3888in the current stack frame. The following diagram shows how the stack
3889looks.
3890
3891@center @image{stack_frame,14cm}
3892
3893In each stack frame, offset 0 from the stack pointer is the frame
3894pointer of the previous frame and offset 4 (this is illustrating a
389532-bit architecture) from the stack pointer is the return address.
3896Local variables are indexed from the frame pointer, with negative
3897indexes. In the function @code{fact}, offset -4 from the frame
3898pointer is the argument @var{n}. In the @code{main} function, offset
3899-4 from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{i} and offset -8
3900from the frame pointer is the local variable @var{f}@footnote{This is
3901a simplified example for illustrative purposes only. Good optimizing
3902compilers would not put anything on the stack for such simple
3903functions. Indeed they might eliminate the recursion and use of the
3904stack entirely!}.
3905
3906It is very easy to get confused when examining stacks. @value{GDBN}
3907has terminology it uses rigorously throughout. The stack frame of the
3908function currently executing, or where execution stopped is numbered
3909zero. In this example frame #0 is the stack frame of the call to
3910@code{fact@w{ }(0)}. The stack frame of its calling function
3911(@code{fact@w{ }(1)} in this case) is numbered #1 and so on back
3912through the chain of calls.
3913
3914The main @value{GDBN} data structure describing frames is
3915 @code{@w{struct frame_info}}. It is not used directly, but only via
3916its accessor functions. @code{frame_info} includes information about
3917the registers in the frame and a pointer to the code of the function
3918with which the frame is associated. The entire stack is represented as
3919a linked list of @code{frame_info} structs.
3920
3921@node Frame Handling Terminology
3922@subsection Frame Handling Terminology
3923
3924It is easy to get confused when referencing stack frames. @value{GDBN}
3925uses some precise terminology.
3926
3927@itemize @bullet
3928
3929@item
3930@cindex THIS frame
3931@cindex stack frame, definition of THIS frame
3932@cindex frame, definition of THIS frame
3933@dfn{THIS} frame is the frame currently under consideration.
3934
3935@item
3936@cindex NEXT frame
3937@cindex stack frame, definition of NEXT frame
3938@cindex frame, definition of NEXT frame
3939The @dfn{NEXT} frame, also sometimes called the inner or newer frame is the
3940frame of the function called by the function of THIS frame.
3941
3942@item
3943@cindex PREVIOUS frame
3944@cindex stack frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3945@cindex frame, definition of PREVIOUS frame
3946The @dfn{PREVIOUS} frame, also sometimes called the outer or older frame is
3947the frame of the function which called the function of THIS frame.
3948
3949@end itemize
3950
3951So in the example in the previous section (@pxref{All About Stack
3952Frames, , All About Stack Frames}), if THIS frame is #3 (the call to
3953@code{fact@w{ }(3)}), the NEXT frame is frame #2 (the call to
3954@code{fact@w{ }(2)}) and the PREVIOUS frame is frame #4 (the call to
3955@code{main@w{ }()}).
3956
3957@cindex innermost frame
3958@cindex stack frame, definition of innermost frame
3959@cindex frame, definition of innermost frame
3960The @dfn{innermost} frame is the frame of the current executing
3961function, or where the program stopped, in this example, in the middle
3962of the call to @code{@w{fact (0))}}. It is always numbered frame #0.
3963
3964@cindex base of a frame
3965@cindex stack frame, definition of base of a frame
3966@cindex frame, definition of base of a frame
3967The @dfn{base} of a frame is the address immediately before the start
3968of the NEXT frame. For a stack which grows down in memory (a
3969@dfn{falling} stack) this will be the lowest address and for a stack
3970which grows up in memory (a @dfn{rising} stack) this will be the
3971highest address in the frame.
3972
3973@value{GDBN} functions to analyze the stack are typically given a
3974pointer to the NEXT frame to determine information about THIS
3975frame. Information about THIS frame includes data on where the
3976registers of the PREVIOUS frame are stored in this stack frame. In
3977this example the frame pointer of the PREVIOUS frame is stored at
3978offset 0 from the stack pointer of THIS frame.
3979
3980@cindex unwinding
3981@cindex stack frame, definition of unwinding
3982@cindex frame, definition of unwinding
3983The process whereby a function is given a pointer to the NEXT
3984frame to work out information about THIS frame is referred to as
3985@dfn{unwinding}. The @value{GDBN} functions involved in this typically
3986include unwind in their name.
3987
3988@cindex sniffing
3989@cindex stack frame, definition of sniffing
3990@cindex frame, definition of sniffing
3991The process of analyzing a target to determine the information that
3992should go in struct frame_info is called @dfn{sniffing}. The functions
3993that carry this out are called sniffers and typically include sniffer
3994in their name. More than one sniffer may be required to extract all
3995the information for a particular frame.
3996
3997@cindex sentinel frame
3998@cindex stack frame, definition of sentinel frame
3999@cindex frame, definition of sentinel frame
4000Because so many functions work using the NEXT frame, there is an issue
4001about addressing the innermost frame---it has no NEXT frame. To solve
4002this @value{GDBN} creates a dummy frame #-1, known as the
4003@dfn{sentinel} frame.
4004
4005@node Prologue Caches
4006@subsection Prologue Caches
4007
4008@cindex function prologue
4009@cindex prologue of a function
4010All the frame sniffing functions typically examine the code at the
4011start of the corresponding function, to determine the state of
4012registers. The ABI will save old values and set new values of key
4013registers at the start of each function in what is known as the
4014function @dfn{prologue}.
4015
4016@cindex prologue cache
4017For any particular stack frame this data does not change, so all the
4018standard unwinding functions, in addition to receiving a pointer to
4019the NEXT frame as their first argument, receive a pointer to a
4020@dfn{prologue cache} as their second argument. This can be used to store
4021values associated with a particular frame, for reuse on subsequent
4022calls involving the same frame.
4023
4024It is up to the user to define the structure used (it is a
4025@code{void@w{ }*} pointer) and arrange allocation and deallocation of
4026storage. However for general use, @value{GDBN} provides
4027@code{@w{struct trad_frame_cache}}, with a set of accessor
4028routines. This structure holds the stack and code address of
4029THIS frame, the base address of the frame, a pointer to the
4030struct @code{frame_info} for the NEXT frame and details of
4031where the registers of the PREVIOUS frame may be found in THIS
4032frame.
4033
4034Typically the first time any sniffer function is called with NEXT
4035frame, the prologue sniffer for THIS frame will be @code{NULL}. The
4036sniffer will analyze the frame, allocate a prologue cache structure
4037and populate it. Subsequent calls using the same NEXT frame will
4038pass in this prologue cache, so the data can be returned with no
4039additional analysis.
4040
4041@node Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4042@subsection Functions and Variable to Analyze Frames
4043
4044These struct @code{gdbarch} functions and variable should be defined
4045to provide analysis of the stack frame and allow it to be adjusted as
4046required.
4047
4048@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR skip_prologue (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{pc})
4049
4050The prologue of a function is the code at the beginning of the
4051function which sets up the stack frame, saves the return address
4052etc. The code representing the behavior of the function starts after
4053the prologue.
4054
4055This function skips past the prologue of a function if the program
4056counter, @var{pc}, is within the prologue of a function. The result is
4057the program counter immediately after the prologue. With modern
4058optimizing compilers, this may be a far from trivial exercise. However
4059the required information may be within the binary as DWARF2 debugging
4060information, making the job much easier.
4061
4062The default value is @code{NULL} (not defined). This function should always
4063be provided, but can take advantage of DWARF2 debugging information,
4064if that is available.
4065
4066@end deftypefn
4067
4068@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int inner_than (CORE_ADDR @var{lhs}, CORE_ADDR @var{rhs})
4069@findex core_addr_lessthan
4070@findex core_addr_greaterthan
4071
4072Given two frame or stack pointers, return non-zero (true) if the first
4073represents the @dfn{inner} stack frame and 0 (false) otherwise. This
4074is used to determine whether the target has a stack which grows up in
4075memory (rising stack) or grows down in memory (falling stack).
4076@xref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for an
4077explanation of @dfn{inner} frames.
4078
4079The default value of this function is @code{NULL} and it should always
4080be defined. However for almost all architectures one of the built-in
4081functions can be used: @code{core_addr_lessthan} (for stacks growing
4082down in memory) or @code{core_addr_greaterthan} (for stacks growing up
4083in memory).
4084
4085@end deftypefn
4086
4087@anchor{frame_align}
4088@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR frame_align (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
4089@findex align_down
4090@findex align_up
4091
4092The architecture may have constraints on how its frames are
4093aligned. For example the OpenRISC 1000 ABI requires stack frames to be
4094double-word aligned, but 32-bit versions of the architecture allocate
4095single-word values to the stack. Thus extra padding may be needed at
4096the end of a stack frame.
4097
4098Given a proposed address for the stack pointer, this function
4099returns a suitably aligned address (by expanding the stack frame).
4100
4101The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). This function should be defined
4102for any architecture where it is possible the stack could become
4103misaligned. The utility functions @code{align_down} (for falling
4104stacks) and @code{align_up} (for rising stacks) will facilitate the
4105implementation of this function.
4106
4107@end deftypefn
4108
4109@deftypevr {Architecture Variable} int frame_red_zone_size
4110
4111Some ABIs reserve space beyond the end of the stack for use by leaf
4112functions without prologue or epilogue or by exception handlers (for
4113example the OpenRISC 1000).
4114
4115This is known as a @dfn{red zone} (AMD terminology). The @sc{amd64}
4116(nee x86-64) ABI documentation refers to the @dfn{red zone} when
4117describing this scratch area.
4118
4119The default value is 0. Set this field if the architecture has such a
4120red zone. The value must be aligned as required by the ABI (see
4121@code{frame_align} above for an explanation of stack frame alignment).
4122
4123@end deftypevr
4124
4125@node Functions to Access Frame Data
4126@subsection Functions to Access Frame Data
4127
4128These functions provide access to key registers and arguments in the
4129stack frame.
4130
4131@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4132
4133This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame (@pxref{All
4134About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames}, for how frames are
4135represented) and returns the value of the program counter in the
4136PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called THIS
4137one). This is commonly referred to as the @dfn{return address}.
4138
4139The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4140is typically no more than:
4141
4142@smallexample
4143ULONGEST pc;
4144pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_PC_REGNUM);
4145return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
4146@end smallexample
4147
4148@end deftypefn
4149
4150@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4151
4152This function is given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame
4153(@pxref{All About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how
4154frames are represented) and returns the value of the stack pointer in
4155the PREVIOUS frame (i.e.@: the frame of the function that called
4156THIS one).
4157
4158The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
4159is typically no more than:
4160
4161@smallexample
4162ULONGEST sp;
4163sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, @var{ARCH}_SP_REGNUM);
4164return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
4165@end smallexample
4166
4167@end deftypefn
4168
4169@deftypefn {Architecture Function} int frame_num_args (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
4170
4171This function is given a pointer to THIS stack frame (@pxref{All
4172About Stack Frames, , All About Stack Frames} for how frames are
4173represented), and returns the number of arguments that are being
4174passed, or -1 if not known.
4175
4176The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined), in which case the number of
4177arguments passed on any stack frame is always unknown. For many
4178architectures this will be a suitable default.
4179
4180@end deftypefn
4181
4182@node Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4183@subsection Analyzing Stacks---Frame Sniffers
4184
4185When a program stops, @value{GDBN} needs to construct the chain of
4186struct @code{frame_info} representing the state of the stack using
4187appropriate @dfn{sniffers}.
4188
4189Each architecture requires appropriate sniffers, but they do not form
4190entries in @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, since more than one sniffer may
4191be required and a sniffer may be suitable for more than one
4192@code{@w{struct gdbarch}}. Instead sniffers are associated with
4193architectures using the following functions.
4194
4195@itemize @bullet
4196
4197@item
4198@findex frame_unwind_append_sniffer
4199@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer to
4200analyze THIS frame when given a pointer to the NEXT frame.
4201
4202@item
4203@findex frame_base_append_sniffer
4204@code{frame_base_append_sniffer} is used to add a new sniffer
4205which can determine information about the base of a stack frame.
4206
4207@item
4208@findex frame_base_set_default
4209@code{frame_base_set_default} is used to specify the default base
4210sniffer.
4211
4212@end itemize
4213
4214These functions all take a reference to @code{@w{struct gdbarch}}, so
4215they are associated with a specific architecture. They are usually
4216called in the @code{gdbarch} initialization function, after the
4217@code{gdbarch} struct has been set up. Unless a default has been set, the
4218most recently appended sniffer will be tried first.
4219
4220The main frame unwinding sniffer (as set by
4221@code{frame_unwind_append_sniffer)} returns a structure specifying
4222a set of sniffing functions:
4223
4224@cindex @code{frame_unwind}
4225@smallexample
4226struct frame_unwind
4227@{
4228 enum frame_type type;
4229 frame_this_id_ftype *this_id;
4230 frame_prev_register_ftype *prev_register;
4231 const struct frame_data *unwind_data;
4232 frame_sniffer_ftype *sniffer;
4233 frame_prev_pc_ftype *prev_pc;
4234 frame_dealloc_cache_ftype *dealloc_cache;
4235@};
4236@end smallexample
4237
4238The @code{type} field indicates the type of frame this sniffer can
4239handle: normal, dummy (@pxref{Functions Creating Dummy Frames, ,
4240Functions Creating Dummy Frames}), signal handler or sentinel. Signal
4241handlers sometimes have their own simplified stack structure for
4242efficiency, so may need their own handlers.
4243
4244The @code{unwind_data} field holds additional information which may be
4245relevant to particular types of frame. For example it may hold
4246additional information for signal handler frames.
4247
4248The remaining fields define functions that yield different types of
4249information when given a pointer to the NEXT stack frame. Not all
4250functions need be provided. If an entry is @code{NULL}, the next sniffer will
4251be tried instead.
4252
4253@itemize @bullet
4254
4255@item
4256@code{this_id} determines the stack pointer and function (code
4257entry point) for THIS stack frame.
4258
4259@item
4260@code{prev_register} determines where the values of registers for
4261the PREVIOUS stack frame are stored in THIS stack frame.
4262
4263@item
4264@code{sniffer} takes a look at THIS frame's registers to
4265determine if this is the appropriate unwinder.
4266
4267@item
4268@code{prev_pc} determines the program counter for THIS
4269frame. Only needed if the program counter is not an ordinary register
4270(@pxref{Register Architecture Functions & Variables,
4271, Functions and Variables Specifying the Register Architecture}).
4272
4273@item
4274@code{dealloc_cache} frees any additional memory associated with
4275the prologue cache for this frame (@pxref{Prologue Caches, , Prologue
4276Caches}).
4277
4278@end itemize
4279
4280In general it is only the @code{this_id} and @code{prev_register}
4281fields that need be defined for custom sniffers.
4282
4283The frame base sniffer is much simpler. It is a @code{@w{struct
4284frame_base}}, which refers to the corresponding @code{frame_unwind}
4285struct and whose fields refer to functions yielding various addresses
4286within the frame.
4287
4288@cindex @code{frame_base}
4289@smallexample
4290struct frame_base
4291@{
4292 const struct frame_unwind *unwind;
4293 frame_this_base_ftype *this_base;
4294 frame_this_locals_ftype *this_locals;
4295 frame_this_args_ftype *this_args;
4296@};
4297@end smallexample
4298
4299All the functions referred to take a pointer to the NEXT frame as
4300argument. The function referred to by @code{this_base} returns the
4301base address of THIS frame, the function referred to by
4302@code{this_locals} returns the base address of local variables in THIS
4303frame and the function referred to by @code{this_args} returns the
4304base address of the function arguments in this frame.
4305
4306As described above, the base address of a frame is the address
4307immediately before the start of the NEXT frame. For a falling
4308stack, this is the lowest address in the frame and for a rising stack
4309it is the highest address in the frame. For most architectures the
4310same address is also the base address for local variables and
4311arguments, in which case the same function can be used for all three
4312entries@footnote{It is worth noting that if it cannot be determined in any
4313other way (for example by there being a register with the name
4314@code{"fp"}), then the result of the @code{this_base} function will be
4315used as the value of the frame pointer variable @kbd{$fp} in
4316@value{GDBN}. This is very often not correct (for example with the
4317OpenRISC 1000, this value is the stack pointer, @kbd{$sp}). In this
4318case a register (raw or pseudo) with the name @code{"fp"} should be
4319defined. It will be used in preference as the value of @kbd{$fp}.}.
4320
b6fd0dfb 4321@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c 4322@section Inferior Call Setup
587afa38
EZ
4323@cindex calls to the inferior
4324
4325@menu
4326* About Dummy Frames::
4327* Functions Creating Dummy Frames::
4328@end menu
4329
4330@node About Dummy Frames
4331@subsection About Dummy Frames
4332@cindex dummy frames
4333
4334@value{GDBN} can call functions in the target code (for example by
4335using the @kbd{call} or @kbd{print} commands). These functions may be
4336breakpointed, and it is essential that if a function does hit a
4337breakpoint, commands like @kbd{backtrace} work correctly.
4338
4339This is achieved by making the stack look as though the function had
4340been called from the point where @value{GDBN} had previously stopped.
4341This requires that @value{GDBN} can set up stack frames appropriate for
4342such function calls.
4343
4344@node Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4345@subsection Functions Creating Dummy Frames
4346
4347The following functions provide the functionality to set up such
4348@dfn{dummy} stack frames.
4349
4350@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct value *@var{function}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, CORE_ADDR @var{bp_addr}, int @var{nargs}, struct value **@var{args}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, int @var{struct_return}, CORE_ADDR @var{struct_addr})
4351
4352This function sets up a dummy stack frame for the function about to be
4353called. @code{push_dummy_call} is given the arguments to be passed
4354and must copy them into registers or push them on to the stack as
4355appropriate for the ABI.
4356
4357@var{function} is a pointer to the function
4358that will be called and @var{regcache} the register cache from which
4359values should be obtained. @var{bp_addr} is the address to which the
4360function should return (which is breakpointed, so @value{GDBN} can
4361regain control, hence the name). @var{nargs} is the number of
4362arguments to pass and @var{args} an array containing the argument
4363values. @var{struct_return} is non-zero (true) if the function returns
4364a structure, and if so @var{struct_addr} is the address in which the
4365structure should be returned.
4366
4367 After calling this function, @value{GDBN} will pass control to the
4368target at the address of the function, which will find the stack and
4369registers set up just as expected.
4370
4371The default value of this function is @code{NULL} (undefined). If the
4372function is not defined, then @value{GDBN} will not allow the user to
4373call functions within the target being debugged.
4374
4375@end deftypefn
4376
4377@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct frame_id} unwind_dummy_id (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct frame_info *@var{next_frame})
4378
4379This is the inverse of @code{push_dummy_call} which restores the stack
4380pointer and program counter after a call to evaluate a function using
4381a dummy stack frame. The result is a @code{@w{struct frame_id}}, which
4382contains the value of the stack pointer and program counter to be
4383used.
4384
4385The NEXT frame pointer is provided as argument,
4386@var{next_frame}. THIS frame is the frame of the dummy function,
4387which can be unwound, to yield the required stack pointer and program
4388counter from the PREVIOUS frame.
4389
4390The default value is @code{NULL} (undefined). If @code{push_dummy_call} is
4391defined, then this function should also be defined.
c906108c 4392
587afa38
EZ
4393@end deftypefn
4394
4395@deftypefn {Architecture Function} CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, CORE_ADDR @var{sp}, CORE_ADDR @var{funaddr}, struct value **@var{args}, int @var{nargs}, struct type *@var{value_type}, CORE_ADDR *@var{real_pc}, CORE_ADDR *@var{bp_addr}, struct regcache *@var{regcache})
4396
4397If this function is not defined (its default value is @code{NULL}), a dummy
4398call will use the entry point of the currently loaded code on the
4399target as its return address. A temporary breakpoint will be set
4400there, so the location must be writable and have room for a
4401breakpoint.
c906108c 4402
587afa38
EZ
4403It is possible that this default is not suitable. It might not be
4404writable (in ROM possibly), or the ABI might require code to be
4405executed on return from a call to unwind the stack before the
4406breakpoint is encountered.
c906108c 4407
587afa38
EZ
4408If either of these is the case, then push_dummy_code should be defined
4409to push an instruction sequence onto the end of the stack to which the
4410dummy call should return.
4411
4412The arguments are essentially the same as those to
4413@code{push_dummy_call}. However the function is provided with the
4414type of the function result, @var{value_type}, @var{bp_addr} is used
4415to return a value (the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4416should be inserted) and @var{real pc} is used to specify the resume
4417address when starting the call sequence. The function should return
4418the updated innermost stack address.
4419
4420@quotation
4421@emph{Note:} This does require that code in the stack can be executed.
4422Some Harvard architectures may not allow this.
4423@end quotation
4424
4425@end deftypefn
4426
b39f4988
JB
4427@node Adding support for debugging core files
4428@section Adding support for debugging core files
4429@cindex core files
4430
4431The prerequisite for adding core file support in @value{GDBN} is to have
4432core file support in BFD.
4433
4434Once BFD support is available, writing the apropriate
4435@code{regset_from_core_section} architecture function should be all
4436that is needed in order to add support for core files in @value{GDBN}.
4437
587afa38
EZ
4438@node Defining Other Architecture Features
4439@section Defining Other Architecture Features
4440
4441This section describes other functions and values in @code{gdbarch},
4442together with some useful macros, that you can use to define the
4443target architecture.
c906108c
SS
4444
4445@table @code
4446
4a9bb1df
UW
4447@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
4448@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 4449If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
4450really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
4451@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
4452in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
4453
4454For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
44552.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
4456instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
4457boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
4458address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
4459example look like that:
4460@smallexample
4461arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
4462@{
4463 return (addr &= ~0x3);
4464@}
4465@end smallexample
c906108c 4466
4a9bb1df
UW
4467@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
4468@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4469If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
4470referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
4471and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
4472return 0.
4473
4474The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
4475@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
4476possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
4477@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4478
4a9bb1df
UW
4479@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4480@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
4481Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
4482has been defined.
4483
4a9bb1df
UW
4484@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
4485@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
4486Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
4487the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
4488used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
4489returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
4490@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
4491values or'd together.
4492@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4493
4a9bb1df
UW
4494@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
4495@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
4496Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
4497been defined.
4498
4a9bb1df
UW
4499@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
4500@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
4501Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
4502flags given by @var{type_flags}.
4503
4a9bb1df
UW
4504@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
4505@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
4506Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
4507@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
4508
4a9bb1df
UW
4509@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
4510@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
4511Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
4512@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 4513This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 4514C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
4515@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4516
4a9bb1df
UW
4517@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
4518@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
4519Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
4520parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
4521original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 4522
32c9a795
MD
4523@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
4524@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4525This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
587afa38 4526the endianism of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 4527are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 4528
32c9a795
MD
4529@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
4530@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
4531Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
4532bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
4533little-endian.
4534
c906108c 4535@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4536@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4537This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
4538memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
4539instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
4540pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
4541longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
4542
56caf160 4543@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 4544@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4545
c906108c 4546@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
4547@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4548@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
4549@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
4550Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
4551
56caf160 4552@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 4553favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 4554
4a9bb1df
UW
4555@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
4556@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
4557@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42 4558contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
a655d424 4559a static string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2dd0da42
AC
4560length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
4561counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
a655d424
JK
4562breakpoint should be inserted. May return @code{NULL} to indicate that
4563software breakpoints are not supported.
c906108c
SS
4564
4565Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
4566not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
4567instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
4568instruction of the architecture.
4569
a655d424
JK
4570Provided breakpoint bytes can be also used by @code{bp_loc_is_permanent} to
4571detect permanent breakpoints. @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} should return
4572an unchanged memory copy if it was called for a location with permanent
4573breakpoint as some architectures use breakpoint instructions containing
4574arbitrary parameter value.
4575
7a292a7a
SS
4576Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
4577
4a9bb1df
UW
4578@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4579@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
4580@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
4581@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
4582Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
4583(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
4584@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
4585provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
4586architectures. Architectures which may want to set
4587@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
4588conventional manner.
4589
4590It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
4591custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 4592@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
4593reason.
4594
4a9bb1df
UW
4595@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
4596@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
4597@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
4598Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
4599address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
4600breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
4601
4602The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
4603The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
4604instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
4605instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
4606one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
4607in parallel.
4608
4609In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
4610from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
4611information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
4612refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
4613if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
4614statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
4615instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
4616(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
4617in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
4618at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
4619
4a9bb1df 4620The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
4621breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
4622the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
4623
4624Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
4625expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
4626is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
4627
4a9bb1df
UW
4628@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
4629@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 4630See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 4631
4a9bb1df
UW
4632This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
4633(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 4634
4a9bb1df
UW
4635@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
4636@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
4637This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
a53f55d8 4638from an inferior process.
c906108c 4639
4a9bb1df
UW
4640@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
4641@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
4642This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 4643written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
4644status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
4645default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 4646
4a9bb1df
UW
4647@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
4648@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
4649Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
4650@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
4651@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4652
a53f55d8
PA
4653@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4654@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4655This function returns the number of the first floating point register,
4656if the machine has such registers. Otherwise, it returns -1.
4657
4a9bb1df
UW
4658@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
4659@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
4660This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 4661program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 4662@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 4663
56caf160
EZ
4664@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
4665@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
4666If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
4667library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
4668
4a9bb1df
UW
4669@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
4670@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
4671Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
4672If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 4673
4a9bb1df
UW
4674@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
4675@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
4676Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
4677not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 4678
c906108c 4679@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
4680@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4681@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4682@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
4683If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
4684look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
4685are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
4686respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 4687
4a9bb1df
UW
4688@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4689@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
4690This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
4691will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
4692breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
4693target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
4694of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
587afa38 4695offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
1f70da6a
SS
4696from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
4697to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 4698
268e2188
AC
4699@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4700@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
4701Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 4702conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 4703feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
4704repenting at leisure.
4705
9742079a
EZ
4706@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4707An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4708support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4709
4a9bb1df 4710@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 4711@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 4712Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
4713The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
4714the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
4715final `return from function call' instruction.
4716
4a9bb1df
UW
4717@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
4718@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
4719Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
4720trampoline that returns from a shared library.
4721
cfd8ab24
SS
4722@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
4723@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 4724Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
4725dynamic linker.
4726
56caf160
EZ
4727@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
4728@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
4729Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
4730should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
4731function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
4732to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
4733stepping will suffice.
4734
4a9bb1df
UW
4735@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4736@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
4737@cindex converting integers to addresses
4738Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
4739conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
4740the current architectures conventions.
4741
4742@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
4743their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
4744@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
4745computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
4746major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
4747other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
4748conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
4749out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
4750to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
4751disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 4752method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
4753@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
4754
4755@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
4756Addresses}.
4757
4a9bb1df
UW
4758@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4759@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
4760Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
4761appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
4762address the pointer refers to.
4763@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
4764
4a9bb1df
UW
4765@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
4766@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
4767Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
4768@var{type}.
4281a42e 4769@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4770
9fb4dd36 4771@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4772@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 4773Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 4774form.
13d01224 4775@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
4776
4777@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 4778@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 4779Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 4780form.
13d01224 4781@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 4782
0ab4b752
MK
4783@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
4784@findex regset_from_core_section
4785Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
4786@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
4787
b0ed3589 4788@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 4789@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 4790Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 4791mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 4792
d3e8051b 4793@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
4794@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
4795A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 4796@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
587afa38 4797the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
4798for examples.
4799
e35879db
UW
4800@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
4801@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
4802Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
4803debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
4804them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
4805address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
4806linking faster.
4807
4808Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
4809argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
4810are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
4811debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
4812addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
4813mark the starts and ends of functions.
4814
4815In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
4816
4817@itemize @bullet
4818@item
4819@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
4820addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
4821taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
4822minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
4823has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
4824that carries the address.
4825
4826@item
4827@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
4828@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
4829guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
4830@end itemize
4831
4a9bb1df
UW
4832@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
4833@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
4834@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
4835nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
4836instead of value.
a38c9fe6 4837
4a9bb1df
UW
4838@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4839@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
4840@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4841the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4842code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4843the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4844
86fe4aaa 4845@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4846function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4847
b24da7d0 4848Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 4849
4a9bb1df
UW
4850@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4851@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4852@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4853instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4854called function should return.
4855
4856Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4857should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4858the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4859
4860By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4861(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4862reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4863
1f70da6a 4864This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 4865
4a9bb1df
UW
4866@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4867@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4868Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4869regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4870
963e2bb7 4871@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4872@findex gdbarch_return_value
4873@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4874type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4875would use.
4876
4877@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4878@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4879in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4880value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4881passed in as the function's first parameter.
4882
963e2bb7
AC
4883If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4884non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4885@var{regcache}.
4886
963e2bb7 4887If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4888non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4889@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4890just returned function).
4891
92ad9cd9
AC
4892@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4893store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4894the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4895@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4896instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4897return-value extract and store.}
4898
4899@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4900parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4901that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4902then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4903@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4904
4905@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4906to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4907@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4908limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4909
4a9bb1df
UW
4910@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4911@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4912Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4913steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4914re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4915hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4916doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4917processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4918This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4919of a branch or jump.
4920
4a9bb1df
UW
4921@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4922@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4923If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4924the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4925that is at the start of the real function.
4926
1f70da6a
SS
4927@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4928@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
4929If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
4930number of that register.
4931
4a9bb1df
UW
4932@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4933@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4934Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4935regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4936
c906108c 4937@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4938@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4939The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4940current sources.)
4941
c906108c 4942@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4943@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4944Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4945
4a9bb1df
UW
4946@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4947@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4948Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4949it should be unsigned.
4950
4951The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4952equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4953character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4954Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4955on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4956
4a9bb1df
UW
4957@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4958@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4959Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4960
4a9bb1df
UW
4961@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4962@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4963Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4964
4a9bb1df
UW
4965@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4966@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4967Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4968
4a9bb1df
UW
4969@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4970@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4971Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4972
4a9bb1df
UW
4973@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4974@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4975Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4976defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4977
4978@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4979@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4980Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4981@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4982
4983@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4984@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4985Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4986@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4987
4988@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4989@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4990Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4991
4a9bb1df
UW
4992@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4993@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4994Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4995frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4996pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4997@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4998no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4999
587afa38
EZ
5000@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent
5001@c expressions for tracepoints
c906108c 5002
9742079a
EZ
5003@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
5004If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
5005watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
5006other related macros.
5007
4a9bb1df
UW
5008@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
5009@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 5010This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 5011instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
5012debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
5013This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
5014(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
5015type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
5016@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
5017instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 5018
669fac23
DJ
5019@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
5020@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
5021@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 5022frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 5023frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 5024previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 5025
4a9bb1df
UW
5026@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
5027@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
5028Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
5029@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
5030
c906108c
SS
5031@end table
5032
5033Motorola M68K target conditionals.
5034
56caf160 5035@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
5036@item BPT_VECTOR
5037Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
5038not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
5039
5040@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
5041Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 5042
56caf160 5043@end ftable
c906108c 5044
b6fd0dfb 5045@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
5046@section Adding a New Target
5047
56caf160 5048@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 5049The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
5050
5051@table @file
f0323ca0 5052@cindex target dependent files
c906108c 5053
c906108c
SS
5054@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
5055Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 5056some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 5057
af6c57ea
AC
5058@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
5059@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
5060This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
5061processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
5062targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 5063
c906108c
SS
5064@end table
5065
1f70da6a
SS
5066(Target header files such as
5067@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
5068@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
5069@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 5070
587afa38
EZ
5071@findex _initialize_@var{arch}_tdep
5072A @value{GDBN} description for a new architecture, arch is created by
5073defining a global function @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep}, by
5074convention in the source file @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}. For
5075example, in the case of the OpenRISC 1000, this function is called
5076@code{_initialize_or1k_tdep} and is found in the file
5077@file{or1k-tdep.c}.
5078
5079The object file resulting from compiling this source file, which will
5080contain the implementation of the
5081@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function is specified in the
5082@value{GDBN} @file{configure.tgt} file, which includes a large case
5083statement pattern matching against the @code{--target} option of the
5084@kbd{configure} script.
5085
5086@quotation
5087@emph{Note:} If the architecture requires multiple source files, the
5088corresponding binaries should be included in
5089@file{configure.tgt}. However if there are header files, the
5090dependencies on these will not be picked up from the entries in
5091@file{configure.tgt}. The @file{Makefile.in} file will need extending to
5092show these dependencies.
5093@end quotation
5094
5095@findex gdbarch_register
5096A new struct gdbarch, defining the new architecture, is created within
5097the @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} function by calling
5098@code{gdbarch_register}:
5099
5100@smallexample
5101void gdbarch_register (enum bfd_architecture architecture,
5102 gdbarch_init_ftype *init_func,
5103 gdbarch_dump_tdep_ftype *tdep_dump_func);
5104@end smallexample
5105
5106This function has been described fully in an earlier
5107section. @xref{How an Architecture is Represented, , How an
5108Architecture is Represented}.
5109
5110The new @code{@w{struct gdbarch}} should contain implementations of
5111the necessary functions (described in the previous sections) to
5112describe the basic layout of the target machine's processor chip
5113(registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many targets that use
5114the same processor architecture.
5115
123dc839
DJ
5116@node Target Descriptions
5117@chapter Target Descriptions
5118@cindex target descriptions
5119
5120The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
5121contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
5122some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
5123instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
5124@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
5125more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
5126directly.
5127
5128For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
5129target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
5130Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
5131topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
5132
5133@menu
5134* Target Descriptions Implementation::
5135* Adding Target Described Register Support::
5136@end menu
5137
5138@node Target Descriptions Implementation
5139@section Target Descriptions Implementation
5140@cindex target descriptions, implementation
5141
5142Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
5143an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
5144reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
5145new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
5146
5147A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
5148@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
5149@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
5150the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
515164-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
5152
5153If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
5154incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
5155@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
5156architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
5157new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
5158a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
5159of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
5160properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
5161see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
5162
5163@node Adding Target Described Register Support
5164@section Adding Target Described Register Support
5165@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
5166
5167Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
5168instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
5169specific routines to support this.
5170
5171A target description must either have no registers or a complete
5172set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
5173with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
5174responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
5175everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
5176mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
5177standard registers.
5178
5179If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
5180registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
5181
5182@itemize @bullet
5183
5184@item
5185Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
5186searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
5187
5188@item
5189Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
5190
5191@item
5192Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
5193to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
5194
5195@item
5196Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
5197feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
5198the description was incomplete.
5199
5200@item
5201Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
5202is called.
5203
5204@item
5205Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
5206fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
5207
5208@item
5209Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
5210returning it.
5211
5212@end itemize
5213
5214After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
5215@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
5216routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
5217the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
5218for any additional registers in the description.
5219
5220Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
5221
5222@itemize @bullet
5223
5224@item
5225Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
5226constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
5227as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
5228pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
5229which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
5230can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
5231@code{num_regs} instead.
5232
5233@item
5234The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
5235architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
5236@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
5237@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
5238describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
5239internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
5240gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
5241
5242@end itemize
5243
5244
c906108c
SS
5245@node Target Vector Definition
5246
5247@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 5248@cindex target vector
c906108c 5249
56caf160
EZ
5250The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
5251abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
5252actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
5253@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
5254each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 5255
52bb452f
DJ
5256@menu
5257* Managing Execution State::
5258* Existing Targets::
5259@end menu
5260
5261@node Managing Execution State
5262@section Managing Execution State
5263@cindex execution state
5264
5265A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
5266stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
5267manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
5268inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 5269active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
5270when the target has exited or not yet started.
5271
5272For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
5273not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
5274accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
5275program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
5276remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
5277are directed to the simulator.
5278
5279A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
5280onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
5281@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
5282@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
5283
5284A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
5285still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
5286@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
5287call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
5288in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
5289after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
5290time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
5291@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
5292@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
5293@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
5294@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
5295target to inactive state.
5296
5297@node Existing Targets
5298@section Existing Targets
5299@cindex targets
5300
5301@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
5302
5303Both executables and core files have target vectors.
5304
52bb452f 5305@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 5306
587afa38
EZ
5307@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code that
5308runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
56caf160 5309@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
587afa38 5310systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
1f70da6a 5311operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
587afa38 5312have a @value{GDBN} stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
1f70da6a 5313protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 5314
56caf160
EZ
5315The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
5316your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
5317SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
5318program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
5319
5320The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 5321@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
5322
5323@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
5324@item
5325%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 5326
56caf160
EZ
5327@item
5328traps are disabled;
c906108c 5329
56caf160
EZ
5330@item
5331you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
5332@end enumerate
5333
5334As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 5335is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
5336The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
5337hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
5338which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 5339set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
5340first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
5341
5342For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 5343``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
5344and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
5345controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
5346trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
5347do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
5348of the debugger/stub.
5349
5350From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 5351They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 5352
52bb452f 5353@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 5354
52bb452f 5355@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 5356
52bb452f 5357@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 5358
52bb452f 5359@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
5360
5361
5362@node Native Debugging
5363
5364@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 5365@cindex native debugging
c906108c 5366
25822942 5367Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
5368
5369@table @file
56caf160 5370@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 5371@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 5372Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
5373machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
5374native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
5375Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
5376@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
5377define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 5378@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 5379
7fd60527
AC
5380@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
5381originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
5382on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 5383purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
5384eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
5385suffix.}
5386
c906108c 5387@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 5388(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
5389macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
5390child process control and core file support.
5391
5392@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
5393Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
5394this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
5395@end table
5396
5397There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
5398various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
5399defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
5400the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
5401@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5402
5403Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
5404to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 5405Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
5406into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
5407
5408@table @file
c906108c
SS
5409@item inftarg.c
5410This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5411processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
5412
5413@item procfs.c
5414This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
5415processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
5416
5417@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
5418This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
5419and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
5420
5421@item infptrace.c
5422This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
5423the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
5424@end table
5425
c906108c
SS
5426@section ptrace
5427
5428@section /proc
5429
5430@section win32
5431
5432@section shared libraries
5433
5434@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 5435@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 5436
56caf160
EZ
5437When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
5438defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
5439target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
5440undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 5441
1f6d4158
AC
5442@table @code
5443
9742079a
EZ
5444@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
5445An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
5446support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
5447
990f9fe3 5448@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 5449@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 5450Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
587afa38 5451@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
990f9fe3
FF
5452@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
5453processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
5454
5455@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 5456@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
5457Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
5458want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
5459
5460@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
5461@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
5462When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
5463twice; once when
c906108c
SS
5464the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
5465number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
5466expand into the number expected.
5467
c906108c
SS
5468@end table
5469
c906108c
SS
5470@node Support Libraries
5471
5472@chapter Support Libraries
5473
5474@section BFD
56caf160 5475@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5476
25822942 5477BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5478
5479@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5480@item identifying executable and core files
5481BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5482several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5483
5484@item access to sections of files
5485BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5486sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5487(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5488calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5489length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5490
5491@item specialized core file support
5492BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5493core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5494file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5495file.
5496
5497@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5498@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5499symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5500handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5501symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5502string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5503@end table
5504
5505@section opcodes
56caf160 5506@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5507
25822942 5508The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5509library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5510
5511@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5512@cindex readline library
5513The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5514that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5515
5516@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5517@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5518
5519The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5520that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5521systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5522groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5523environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5524a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5525functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5526beyond standard functions).
5527
5528@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5529library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5530floating format support functions, the input options parser
5531@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5532
5533@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5534@cindex @code{obstacks}
5535
5536The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5537chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5538like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5539allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5540@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5541@code{obstacks}).
5542
5543The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5544object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5545representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5546these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5547symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5548fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5549offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5550string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5551information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5552unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5553various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5554names of types.
5555
5556An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5557that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5558various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5559once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5560function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5561deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5562start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5563@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5564obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5565happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5566is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5567obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5568@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5569else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5570use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5571
5572Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5573under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5574longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5575when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5576new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5577
5578@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5579@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5580
5581Regex conditionals.
5582
5583@table @code
c906108c
SS
5584@item C_ALLOCA
5585
5586@item NFAILURES
5587
5588@item RE_NREGS
5589
5590@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5591
5592@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5593
5594@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5595
5596@item Sword
5597
5598@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5599@end table
5600
350da6ee
DJ
5601@section Array Containers
5602@cindex Array Containers
5603@cindex VEC
5604
5605Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5606objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5607and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5608and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5609inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5610Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5611
5612An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5613The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5614the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5615bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5616accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5617but implemented in C.
5618
5619Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5620and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5621these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5622pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5623stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5624dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5625object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5626elements are returned by value.
5627
5628There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5629returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5630variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5631the address-of can be optimized away.
5632
5633The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5634are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5635itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5636--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5637field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5638use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5639such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5640the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5641(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5642@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5643minimal space in the structure containing them.
5644
5645Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5646available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5647that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5648(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5649needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5650If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5651to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5652@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5653elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5654too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5655but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5656is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5657can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5658
5659You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
587afa38 5660remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
350da6ee
DJ
5661in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5662operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5663There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5664ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5665@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5666into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5667@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5668the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5669
5670If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5671accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5672@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5673vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5674
5675Vector types are defined using a
5676@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5677type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5678characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5679@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5680(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5681awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5682check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5683@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5684that is not possible in plain C.
5685
5686An example of their use would be,
5687
5688@smallexample
5689DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5690
5691struct my_struct @{
5692 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5693@};
5694
5695struct my_struct *s;
5696
5697if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5698VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5699for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5700 @{ do something with elt @}
5701
5702@end smallexample
5703
5704The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5705accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5706
5707@table @code
5708@item VEC_length
5709Return the number of items in the array,
5710
5711@item VEC_empty
5712Return true if the array has no elements.
5713
5714@item VEC_last
5715@itemx VEC_index
5716Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5717
5718@item VEC_iterate
5719Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5720traversed.
5721
5722@item VEC_alloc
5723@itemx VEC_free
5724Create and destroy an array.
5725
5726@item VEC_embedded_size
5727@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5728Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5729
5730@item VEC_copy
5731Duplicate an array.
5732
5733@item VEC_space
5734Return the amount of free space in an array.
5735
5736@item VEC_reserve
5737Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5738
5739@item VEC_quick_push
5740@itemx VEC_safe_push
5741Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5742sure that it is.
5743
5744@item VEC_pop
5745Remove the last item from an array.
5746
5747@item VEC_truncate
5748Remove several items from the end of an array.
5749
5750@item VEC_safe_grow
5751Add several items to the end of an array.
5752
5753@item VEC_replace
5754Overwrite an item in the array.
5755
5756@item VEC_quick_insert
5757@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5758Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5759already exist, or the space is created.
5760
5761@item VEC_ordered_remove
5762@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5763Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5764
5765@item VEC_block_remove
5766Remove a set of items from the array.
5767
5768@item VEC_address
5769Provide the address of the first element.
5770
5771@item VEC_lower_bound
5772Binary search the array.
5773
5774@end table
5775
c906108c
SS
5776@section include
5777
5778@node Coding
5779
5780@chapter Coding
5781
5782This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5783algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5784
5785@section Cleanups
56caf160 5786@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5787
5788Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5789later.
c906108c 5790
cc1cb004
AC
5791When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5792@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5793the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5794cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5795and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5796is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5797cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5798created.
c906108c
SS
5799
5800Syntax:
5801
5802@table @code
c906108c
SS
5803@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5804Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5805
56caf160 5806@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5807@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5808Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5809@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5810handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5811@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5812@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5813from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5814
56caf160 5815@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5816@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5817Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5818@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5819
5820@findex discard_cleanups
5821@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5822Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5823the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5824@end table
5825
5826Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5827@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5828later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5829performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5830
474c8240 5831@smallexample
c906108c 5832make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5833@{
5834 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5835 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5836 ...
5837 do_cleanups (old);
5838@}
474c8240 5839@end smallexample
56caf160 5840
c906108c 5841@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5842will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5843cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5844be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5845
5846Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5847Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5848will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5849to two common cleanup styles.
5850
5851The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5852@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5853code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5854code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5855called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5856@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5857
474c8240 5858@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5859struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5860data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5861make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5862... blah blah ...
5863do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5864@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5865
5866The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5867@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5868any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5869code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5870an error:
5871
474c8240 5872@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5873FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5874struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5875... blah blah ...
5876discard_cleanups (old);
5877return file;
474c8240 5878@end smallexample
c906108c 5879
c1468174 5880Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5881that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5882means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5883interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5884functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5885@samp{longjmp} instead).
5886
ba8c9337
AC
5887@section Per-architecture module data
5888@cindex per-architecture module data
5889@cindex multi-arch data
5890@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5891
fc989b7a
AC
5892The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5893specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5894architecture object.
5895
5896A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5897
587afa38 5898@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5899@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5900per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5901in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5902architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5903and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
587afa38 5904@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5905
587afa38 5906@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {struct gdbarch_data *} gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
fc989b7a
AC
5907@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5908per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5909always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5910initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5911per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5912other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5913create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
587afa38 5914@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5915
fc989b7a
AC
5916These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5917identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5918
fc989b7a 5919The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5920
587afa38 5921@deftypefn {Architecture Function} {void *} gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
fc989b7a
AC
5922Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5923@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5924or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5925current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5926pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5927corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
587afa38 5928@end deftypefn
ba8c9337 5929
fc989b7a 5930The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5931
5932@smallexample
e7f16015 5933struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5934static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5935@end smallexample
5936
fc989b7a
AC
5937A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5938per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5939per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5940creation.
ba8c9337 5941
fc989b7a
AC
5942In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5943architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5944from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5945
5946@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5947static void *
5948nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5949@{
fc989b7a
AC
5950 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5951 return data;
5952@}
ba8c9337
AC
5953@end smallexample
5954
ba8c9337 5955@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5956extern void
5957set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5958@{
ba8c9337 5959 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5960 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5961@}
5962@end smallexample
5963
587afa38 5964A module can on-demand create architecture dependent data structures
fc989b7a 5965using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5966
fc989b7a
AC
5967In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5968@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5969architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5970
5971@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5972static void *
5973nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5974@{
fc989b7a
AC
5975 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5976 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5977 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5978@}
5979@end smallexample
5980
5981@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5982extern int
5983nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5984@{
fc989b7a
AC
5985 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5986 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5987@}
5988@end smallexample
5989
c906108c 5990@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5991@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5992
56caf160 5993@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5994Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5995or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5996added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5997routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5998exceeded.
5999
6000The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
6001printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
6002away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
6003@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
6004@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
6005return!
6006
56caf160 6007It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
6008space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
6009indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
6010the line wraps there.
6011
6012Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
6013finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 6014to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
6015print warnings are a good example.
6016
25822942 6017@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 6018@cindex coding standards
c906108c 6019
25822942 6020@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 6021@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
6022FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
6023of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
6024but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 6025
56caf160
EZ
6026@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
6027@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 6028
af6c57ea 6029
b9aa90c9 6030@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 6031
b9aa90c9
AC
6032@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
6033compiler.
af6c57ea 6034
b9aa90c9 6035@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
6036
6037
6038@subsection Memory Management
6039
6040@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
6041@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
6042
6043@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
6044@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
6045these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
6046they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
6047@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
6048
6049@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
6050memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
6051behavior.}
6052
6053@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
6054
6055@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
6056memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
6057free a @code{NULL} pointer.
6058
6059@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
6060@code{NULL} pointer.}
6061
6062@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
6063allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
6064
6065@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
6066restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
6067
6068@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 6069function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
6070
6071@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
6072functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
6073errors.}
6074
6075
6076@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 6077@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 6078
aa79a185
DJ
6079With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
6080@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
6081are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
6082building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
6083
6084This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
6085with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 6086from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
6087
6088The current list of warning flags includes:
6089
6090@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
6091@item -Wall
6092Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 6093
aa79a185 6094@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 6095
aa79a185
DJ
6096@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
6097code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 6098
aa79a185 6099@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 6100
aa79a185
DJ
6101@item -Wformat-nonliteral
6102Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 6103might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 6104Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 6105@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
6106but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
6107
7be93b9e
JB
6108@item -Wno-pointer-sign
6109In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
6110assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
6111signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
6112carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
6113the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
6114worth the time it would take.
6115
aa79a185
DJ
6116@item -Wno-unused-parameter
6117Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
6118unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
6119@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
6120it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
6121is being used.
6122
6123@item -Wno-unused
6124@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 6125@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
6126These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
6127currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 6128
aa79a185 6129@end table
c906108c
SS
6130
6131@subsection Formatting
6132
56caf160 6133@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
6134The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
6135strictly.
6136
af6c57ea
AC
6137A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
6138function definition should have its name in column zero.
6139
474c8240 6140@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6141/* Declaration */
6142static void foo (void);
6143/* Definition */
6144void
6145foo (void)
6146@{
6147@}
474c8240 6148@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6149
6150@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
6151be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 6152
af6c57ea
AC
6153There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
6154parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
6155required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
6156or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
6157
6158While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
6159more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
6160after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
6161whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
6162for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
6163
6164Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
6165
474c8240 6166@smallexample
af6c57ea 6167void *foo;
474c8240 6168@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6169
6170@noindent
6171and not:
6172
474c8240 6173@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6174void * foo;
6175void* foo;
474c8240 6176@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6177
6178@subsection Comments
6179
56caf160 6180@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
6181The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
6182
af6c57ea
AC
6183Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
6184@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 6185
474c8240 6186@smallexample
c906108c
SS
6187/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
6188 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
6189 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
6190 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 6191 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 6192@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
6193
6194(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 6195comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
6196
6197Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
6198variable definitions, and the definition itself.
6199
6200In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
6201than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
6202line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
6203than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
6204
6205@subsection C Usage
6206
56caf160 6207@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
6208Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
6209host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
6210of evaluation of expressions.
6211
56caf160 6212@cindex function usage
c906108c 6213Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
6214in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
6215call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
6216limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
6217
6218However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
6219are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
6220
af6c57ea 6221@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
6222(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
6223protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
6224
6225@cindex types
c906108c 6226
af6c57ea
AC
6227Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
6228declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
6229
6230
6231@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 6232@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
6233
6234Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
6235a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
6236argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
6237function definition.
c906108c 6238
53a5351d
JM
6239All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
6240callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
6241be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
6242visible to random source files.
c906108c 6243
af6c57ea
AC
6244Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
6245that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
6246
6247
6248@subsection Internal Error Recovery
6249
6250During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
6251User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
6252entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
6253object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
6254Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
6255run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
6256
6257When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
6258@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
6259
6260@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
6261
6262@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
6263the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
6264@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
6265error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
6266
6267@subsection File Names
6268
6269Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
587afa38 6270case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
af6c57ea
AC
6271unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
6272
6273@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
6274platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
6275is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
6276@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
6277convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
6278@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
6279@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
6280
6281Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
6282of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6283
6284@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
6285
6286When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
6287@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
6288@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
6289independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
6290the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
6291should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
6292programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
6293
6294For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
6295
6296
6297@subsection Include Files
6298
e2b28d04 6299A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 6300
e2b28d04
AC
6301A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6302declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6303indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 6304
e2b28d04
AC
6305A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
6306declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
6307indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
6308be directly included.
af6c57ea 6309
e2b28d04 6310An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 6311
e2b28d04
AC
6312An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
6313Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
6314pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
6315
6316A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
6317
6318An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
6319files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
6320@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
6321
6322All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 6323
474c8240 6324@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
6325#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6326#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
6327header body
6328#endif
474c8240 6329@end smallexample
af6c57ea 6330
c906108c 6331
dab11f21 6332@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 6333
56caf160 6334@cindex design
c906108c 6335In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 6336semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
6337experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
6338trouble.
6339
56caf160 6340@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
6341You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
6342(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
6343must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
6344@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
6345such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
6346
6347You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
6348the target system. All references to the target must go through the
6349current @code{target_ops} vector.
6350
6351You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
6352(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
6353assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
6354host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
6355written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
6356copyright problems.
6357
56caf160 6358@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
6359Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
6360to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
6361systems.
6362
56caf160 6363@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
6364New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
6365or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
6366for features. The information about which configurations contain which
6367features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
6368has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
6369often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
6370predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
6371time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
6372with regard to this feature.
6373
6374Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 6375target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 6376
dab11f21
EZ
6377@cindex portable file name handling
6378@cindex file names, portability
6379One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
6380creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
6381assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
6382a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
6383directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
6384necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
6385system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
6386name, use the following portable macros:
6387
6388@table @code
6389@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6390@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
6391This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
6392whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
6393symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
6394such hosts.
6395
6396@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 6397@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
6398Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
6399character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
6400such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
6401pass.
6402
6403@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
6404@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
6405Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
6406For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
6407@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
6408@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
6409
6410@findex FILENAME_CMP
6411@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
6412Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
6413appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
6414this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
6415will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
6416
6417@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6418@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
6419Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
6420@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
6421This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
6422
6423@findex SLASH_STRING
6424@item SLASH_STRING
6425This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
6426absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
6427@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
6428@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
6429@end table
6430
6431In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
6432functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
6433basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
6434@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
6435platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
6436with @code{strrchr}.
6437
25822942
DB
6438Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
6439attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
6440multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
6441by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
6442well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
6443something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
6444using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
6445@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 6446current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 6447is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
6448implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
6449attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 6450formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 6451
56caf160
EZ
6452Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6453the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6454@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6455something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6456consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6457with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6458file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6459radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6460
af6c57ea
AC
6461All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6462@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6463messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6464@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6465
c906108c 6466
8487521e 6467@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6468
25822942 6469@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6470@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6471
56caf160 6472Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
587afa38
EZ
6473specifying the configuration of the machine. Porting a new
6474architecture to @value{GDBN} can be broken into a number of steps.
c906108c 6475
56caf160 6476@itemize @bullet
c906108c 6477
587afa38
EZ
6478@item
6479Ensure a @sc{bfd} exists for executables of the target architecture in
6480the @file{bfd} directory. If one does not exist, create one by
6481modifying an existing similar one.
56caf160 6482
587afa38
EZ
6483@item
6484Implement a disassembler for the target architecture in the @file{opcodes}
6485directory.
56caf160 6486
587afa38
EZ
6487@item
6488Define the target architecture in the @file{gdb} directory
6489(@pxref{Adding a New Target, , Adding a New Target}). Add the pattern
6490for the new target to @file{configure.tgt} with the names of the files
6491that contain the code. By convention the target architecture
6492definition for an architecture @var{arch} is placed in
6493@file{@var{arch}-tdep.c}.
6494
6495Within @file{@var{arch}-tdep.c} define the function
6496@code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} which calls
6497@code{gdbarch_register} to create the new @code{@w{struct
6498gdbarch}} for the architecture.
56caf160 6499
587afa38
EZ
6500@item
6501If a new remote target is needed, consider adding a new remote target
6502by defining a function
6503@code{_initialize_remote_@var{arch}}. However if at all possible
6504use the @value{GDBN} @emph{Remote Serial Protocol} for this and implement
6505the server side protocol independently with the target.
c906108c 6506
587afa38
EZ
6507@item
6508If desired implement a simulator in the @file{sim} directory. This
6509should create the library @file{libsim.a} implementing the interface
6510in @file{remote-sim.h} (found in the @file{include} directory).
c906108c 6511
56caf160 6512@item
587afa38
EZ
6513Build and test. If desired, lobby the @sc{gdb} steering group to
6514have the new port included in the main distribution!
7fd60527 6515
56caf160 6516@item
587afa38
EZ
6517Add a description of the new architecture to the main @value{GDBN} user
6518guide (@pxref{Configuration Specific Information, , Configuration
6519Specific Information, gdb, Debugging with @value{GDBN}}).
6520
56caf160 6521@end itemize
c906108c 6522
d52fe014
AC
6523@node Versions and Branches
6524@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6525
d52fe014 6526@section Versions
8973da3a 6527
d52fe014
AC
6528@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6529@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6530
d52fe014
AC
6531@table @asis
6532@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6533@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6534an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6535@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6536a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
65376.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6538@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6539a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
65406.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6541@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6542a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6543@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6544may include additional changes
d52fe014 6545@end table
fb0ff88f 6546
d52fe014
AC
6547@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6548numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6549of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6550@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6551
53531fc1
AC
6552@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6553@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6554drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6555first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6556@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6557@var{patchlevel}.
6558
6559For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6560identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6561
6562@table @asis
6563@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6564drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6565@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6566@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6567drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
65686.1.90.20020304)
6569@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6570@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6571drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6572@end table
fb0ff88f 6573
d52fe014
AC
6574If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
65756.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6576here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6577
d52fe014
AC
6578@smallexample
6579 <HEAD>
6580 |
53531fc1 65816.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6582 |
53531fc1 6583 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6584 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6585 | |
53531fc1
AC
65866.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6587 | |
65886.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6589 | |
65906.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6591 | |
53531fc1
AC
65926.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6593 | |
65946.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6595 | |
65966.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6597 | |
65986.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6599 | |
66006.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6601 |
53531fc1 66026.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6603 |
53531fc1 6604 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6605 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6606 | |
66076.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6608 | |
d52fe014 6609@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6610
d52fe014
AC
6611@section Release Branches
6612@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6613
d52fe014
AC
6614@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6615single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6616branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6617
d52fe014
AC
6618@smallexample
6619gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6620gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6621gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6622@end smallexample
6623
6624@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6625release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6626date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6627branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6628
6629@section Vendor Branches
6630@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6631
6632To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6633@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6634(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6635its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6636Inc Patch 2)}.
6637
6638@section Experimental Branches
6639@cindex experimental branches
6640
6641@subsection Guidelines
6642
6643@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6644repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6645for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6646significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6647
d52fe014 6648The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6649
d52fe014
AC
6650@table @emph
6651
6652@item a branch has an owner
6653The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6654ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6655adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6656
6657@item all commits are posted
6658All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
87f9adc1 6659@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} patches
d52fe014
AC
6660mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6661should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6662
6663@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6664This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6665and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6666
6667@item a branch is focused
6668A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6669unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6670be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6671
6672@item a branch tracks mainline
6673This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6674pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6675mainline.
6676
6677@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6678The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6679branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6680
6681@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6682The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6683the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6684@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6685
6686@end table
fb0ff88f 6687
d52fe014
AC
6688@subsection Tags
6689@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6690
d52fe014
AC
6691To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6692branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6693
d52fe014 6694@table @code
fb0ff88f 6695
d52fe014
AC
6696@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6697@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6698The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6699date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6700sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6701@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6702cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6703cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6704 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6705@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6706
d52fe014
AC
6707@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6708The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6709on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6710use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6711@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6712cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6713cvs update \
6714 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6715 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6716@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6717@noindent
6718Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6719merge.
6720
6721@end table
fb0ff88f 6722
d52fe014
AC
6723@noindent
6724For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6725@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6726
55f6ca0f
JB
6727@node Start of New Year Procedure
6728@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6729@cindex new year procedure
6730
6731At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6732
6733@itemize @bullet
6734@item
6735Rotate the ChangeLog file
6736
6737The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6738@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6739A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6740contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6741also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6742the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6743@smallexample
6744Local Variables:
6745mode: change-log
6746left-margin: 8
6747fill-column: 74
6748version-control: never
9cb011d3 6749coding: utf-8
55f6ca0f
JB
6750End:
6751@end smallexample
6752
7f893741
JB
6753@item
6754Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6755in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6756
55f6ca0f
JB
6757@item
6758Update the copyright year in the startup message
6759
9cb011d3
JB
6760Update the copyright year in:
6761@itemize @bullet
6762@item file @file{top.c}, function @code{print_gdb_version}
6763@item file @file{gdbserver/server.c}, function @code{gdbserver_version}
6764@item file @file{gdbserver/gdbreplay.c}, function @code{gdbreplay_version}
6765@end itemize
6ec2edbe
JB
6766
6767@item
6768Add the new year in the copyright notices of all source and documentation
6769files. This can be done semi-automatically by running the @code{copyright.sh}
6770script. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to be installed.
6771
55f6ca0f
JB
6772@end itemize
6773
d52fe014 6774@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6775
d52fe014
AC
6776@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6777@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6778
9bb0a4d8
AC
6779@section Branch Commit Policy
6780
6781The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
67825.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6783
6784@itemize @bullet
6785@item
6786The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6787@item
6788Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6789trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6790file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6791@item
6792When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6793Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6794when debugging a static binary?
6795@item
6796The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6797the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6798@item
6799Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6800sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6801@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6802@end itemize
6803
6804@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6805functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6806This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6807reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6808
6809
cbb09e6a 6810@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6811
8642bc8f 6812Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6813code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6814(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6815
8642bc8f 6816Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6817line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6818been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6819
cbb09e6a
AC
6820The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6821wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6822Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6823
cbb09e6a 6824@enumerate
8973da3a 6825@item
87f9adc1 6826Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, the GDB mailing
cbb09e6a
AC
6827list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6828recommended.
8973da3a 6829@item
cbb09e6a 6830Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6831@item
87f9adc1 6832Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, the GDB
cbb09e6a 6833Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6834@item
cbb09e6a 6835Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6836@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6837Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6838prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6839@item
6840Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6841released.
6842@item
6843Remove the obsolete code.
6844@end enumerate
6845
6846@noindent
6847@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6848hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6849helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6850or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6851the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6852hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6853
8973da3a 6854
9ae8b82c
AC
6855
6856@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6857
8642bc8f
AC
6858The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6859changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6860instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6861building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6862@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6863
9ae8b82c 6864@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6865
9ae8b82c
AC
6866People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6867something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6868script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6869
9ae8b82c 6870@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6871
9ae8b82c
AC
6872Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6873@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6874@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6875
6876@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6877
8642bc8f 6878A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6879
8642bc8f
AC
6880@itemize @bullet
6881@item
6882@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6883@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6884@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6885file)
6886@item
6887@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6888@end itemize
6889
9ae8b82c 6890@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6891
87f9adc1 6892@uref{http://sourceware.org/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
9ae8b82c
AC
6893(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6894conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6895of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6896regressions.
8642bc8f 6897
9ae8b82c 6898@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6899
9ae8b82c 6900Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6901
9ae8b82c 6902@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6903
9ae8b82c 6904The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6905
8642bc8f 6906
30107679 6907@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6908
30107679 6909@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6910
474c8240 6911@smallexample
30107679
AC
6912$ u=5.1
6913$ v=5.2
6914$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6915$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6916$ echo $u $V $D
69175.1 5_2 2002-03-03
87f9adc1 6918$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6919-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
87f9adc1 6920cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6921-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6922$ ^echo ^^
6923...
87f9adc1 6924$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6925-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
87f9adc1 6926cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6927-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6928$ ^echo ^^
6929...
8642bc8f 6930$
474c8240 6931@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6932
6933@itemize @bullet
6934@item
b247355e 6935By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6936date/time.
6937@item
b247355e 6938The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6939@item
b247355e 6940Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6941@item
b247355e 6942@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6943@item
b247355e 6944The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6945@end itemize
6946
6947@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6948
6949@smallexample
6950$ u=5.1
6951$ v=5.2
6952$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6953$ echo $u $v$V
69545.1 5_2
6955$ cd /tmp
87f9adc1 6956$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co \
30107679 6957-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
87f9adc1 6958cvs -f -d :ext:sourceware.org:/cvs/src co
30107679
AC
6959 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6960$ ^echo ^^
6961U src/gdb/version.in
6962$ cd src/gdb
6963$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6964$ cat version.in
69655.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6966$ cvs -f commit version.in
6967@end smallexample
6968
6969@itemize @bullet
6970@item
6971@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6972mechanism.
30107679
AC
6973@item
6974@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6975initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6976@end itemize
6977
8642bc8f
AC
6978
6979@subheading Update the web and news pages
6980
30107679
AC
6981Something?
6982
8642bc8f
AC
6983@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6984
30107679
AC
6985The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6986This file needs to be updated so that:
6987
6988@itemize @bullet
6989@item
b247355e 6990A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6991@item
b247355e 6992The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6993@end itemize
6994
6995@noindent
6996See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6997cron table.
6998
6999The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
7000any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
7001snapshot directories.
7002
7003
7004@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
7005
7006The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
7007to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
7008refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
7009
7010The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
7011current release.
7012
7013@subheading Post the branch info
7014
7015Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
7016
7017@itemize @bullet
7018@item
87f9adc1 7019@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
30107679 7020@item
87f9adc1
PM
7021@email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
7022@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 7023@end itemize
30107679
AC
7024
7025@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
7026ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
7027list are alerted.}
7028
7029The announcement should include:
7030
7031@itemize @bullet
7032@item
b247355e 7033The branch tag.
30107679 7034@item
b247355e 7035How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 7036@item
b247355e 7037The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 7038@item
b247355e 7039The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 7040@end itemize
30107679 7041
8642bc8f
AC
7042@section Stabilize the branch
7043
7044Something goes here.
7045
7046@section Create a Release
7047
0816590b
AC
7048The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
7049down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
7050process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
7051process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 7052
0816590b
AC
7053When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
7054
7055@subsection Create a release candidate
7056
7057The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
7058made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
7059candidate).
7060
7061@subsubheading Freeze the branch
7062
7063Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
87f9adc1 7064@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org}.
0816590b
AC
7065
7066@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 7067
474c8240 7068@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7069$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
7070$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7071$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
7072$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 7073/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
7074$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
7075$ cd $t/$b/$v
7076$ pwd
0816590b 7077/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
7078$ which autoconf
7079/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 7080$
474c8240 7081@end smallexample
8973da3a 7082
0816590b
AC
7083@noindent
7084Notes:
8973da3a 7085
0816590b
AC
7086@itemize @bullet
7087@item
7088Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
af542c2e 7089version documented in the toplevel @file{README-maintainer-mode} file.
bc3a0b4d
RW
7090It is very unlikely that the version of @code{autoconf} installed in
7091system directories (e.g., @file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
0816590b
AC
7092@end itemize
7093
7094@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 7095
474c8240 7096@smallexample
b247355e 7097$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7098do
8973da3a
AC
7099( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
7100done
8642bc8f 7101$
474c8240 7102@end smallexample
8973da3a 7103
0816590b
AC
7104@noindent
7105Note:
8642bc8f 7106
0816590b
AC
7107@itemize @bullet
7108@item
7109The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
7110any confusion between what is written here and what your local
7111@code{cvs} really does.
7112@end itemize
7113
7114@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 7115
0816590b
AC
7116@table @file
7117
7118@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
7119
7120Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
7121releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
7122
0816590b 7123Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 7124
474c8240 7125@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7126$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
7127...
7128c-x 4 a
7129...
7130c-x c-s c-x c-c
7131$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
7132$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7133@end smallexample
8973da3a 7134
0816590b
AC
7135@item gdb/README
7136
7137You'll need to update:
8973da3a 7138
0816590b
AC
7139@itemize @bullet
7140@item
b247355e 7141The version.
0816590b 7142@item
b247355e 7143The update date.
0816590b 7144@item
b247355e 7145Who did it.
0816590b 7146@end itemize
8973da3a 7147
474c8240 7148@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7149$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
7150...
8973da3a 7151c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 7152...
8973da3a 7153c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7154$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
7155$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7156@end smallexample
8973da3a 7157
0816590b
AC
7158@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
7159before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
7160to get it updated.}
8973da3a 7161
8642bc8f
AC
7162@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
7163@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
7164pursuing.}
8973da3a 7165
0816590b 7166@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 7167
474c8240 7168@smallexample
8642bc8f 7169$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
7170$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
71715.2
8642bc8f 7172$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
7173...
7174c-x 4 a
0816590b 7175... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 7176c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
7177$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
7178$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 7179@end smallexample
8973da3a 7180
0816590b
AC
7181@end table
7182
7183@subsubheading Do the dirty work
7184
7185This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 7186
4ce8657e
MC
7187@smallexample
7188$ for m in gdb insight
7189do
7190( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
7191done
4ce8657e
MC
7192@end smallexample
7193
7194If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
7195(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
7196
474c8240 7197@smallexample
0816590b 7198$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 7199do
0816590b 7200( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 7201done
474c8240 7202@end smallexample
8973da3a 7203
0816590b 7204@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 7205
0816590b 7206You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
7207@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
7208for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 7209
474c8240 7210@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7211$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
7212M djunpack.bat
0816590b 7213? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 7214? proto-toplev
0816590b 7215@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
7216M gdb/ChangeLog
7217M gdb/NEWS
7218M gdb/README
7219M gdb/version.in
0816590b 7220@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 7221$
474c8240 7222@end smallexample
8973da3a 7223
0816590b 7224@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
7225@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
7226@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
7227was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 7228didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 7229
0816590b 7230@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 7231
474c8240 7232@smallexample
0816590b
AC
7233$ cp */src/*.tar .
7234$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
7235$ ls -F
b247355e 7236gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
7237$ for m in gdb insight
7238do
7239bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
7240gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
7241done
7242$
474c8240 7243@end smallexample
8973da3a 7244
0816590b
AC
7245@noindent
7246Note:
7247
7248@itemize @bullet
7249@item
7250A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
7251in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
7252can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
7253process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
7254@end itemize
7255
7256@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 7257
0816590b 7258Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 7259
0816590b
AC
7260@smallexample
7261$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
7262$ cd gdb-5.2
7263$ ./configure
7264$ make
7265@dots{}
7266$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
7267GNU gdb 5.2
7268@dots{}
7269(gdb) b main
7270Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
7271(gdb) run
7272Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
7273
7274Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
7275734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7276(gdb) print args
7277$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
7278(gdb)
7279@end smallexample
8973da3a 7280
0816590b 7281@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 7282
0816590b 7283If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 7284
0816590b
AC
7285@enumerate
7286@item
7287Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
7288@item
7289Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
7290@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
7291process can restart.
7292@item
7293Make the release candidate available in
87f9adc1 7294@uref{ftp://sourceware.org/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
0816590b 7295@item
87f9adc1
PM
7296Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sourceware.org} and
7297@email{gdb-testers@@sourceware.org} that the candidate is available.
0816590b 7298@end enumerate
8642bc8f 7299
0816590b 7300@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 7301
0816590b 7302(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 7303
0816590b 7304@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 7305
0816590b 7306Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 7307
474c8240 7308@smallexample
0816590b 7309$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 7310$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 7311@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7312
0816590b
AC
7313@noindent
7314Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
587afa38 7315are available (e.g.@: keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
0816590b
AC
7316
7317@smallexample
7318$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
7319$ rm @dots{}
7320@end smallexample
7321
7322@noindent
7323Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
7324directory:
7325
7326@smallexample
7327$ vi README
7328@dots{}
7329$ rm -f .message
7330$ ln README .message
7331@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7332
0816590b 7333@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 7334
0816590b
AC
7335@table @file
7336
7337@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
7338This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
7339@itemize @bullet
7340@item
b247355e 7341General announcement.
8642bc8f 7342@item
0816590b
AC
7343News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
7344earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 7345@item
b247355e 7346Errata.
0816590b
AC
7347@end itemize
7348
7349@item htdocs/index.html
7350@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
7351@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
7352These files include:
7353@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 7354@item
b247355e 7355Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 7356@item
b247355e 7357News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 7358@end itemize
0816590b 7359These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 7360
0816590b 7361@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
7362You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
7363docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 7364from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
7365Something like:
7366
474c8240 7367@smallexample
8642bc8f 7368$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 7369 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 7370 $PWD/www \
0816590b 7371 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 7372 gdb
474c8240 7373@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7374
0816590b
AC
7375@item download/ari/
7376Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 7377
0816590b
AC
7378@smallexample
7379$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
7380 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
7381 $PWD/www \
7382 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
7383 gdb
7384@end smallexample
7385
7386@end table
7387
7388@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
7389
7390Something goes here.
7391
7392
7393@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
7394
7395At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
7396@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
7397
7398@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
7399
7400Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
7401
7402@itemize @bullet
7403@item
87f9adc1 7404@email{gdb-announce@@sourceware.org, GDB Announcement mailing list}
8642bc8f 7405@item
0816590b
AC
7406@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
7407day or so to let things get out)
7408@item
7409@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
7410@end itemize
7411
0816590b 7412@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 7413
0816590b 7414The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 7415
0816590b 7416@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 7417
0816590b 7418In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
7419
7420@itemize @bullet
7421@item
7422@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
7423@item
7424@file{gdb/version.in}
7425@item
7426@file{gdb/NEWS}
7427@item
7428@file{gdb/README}
7429@end itemize
7430
0816590b 7431@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
7432
7433Something like:
7434
474c8240 7435@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
7436$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
7437$ echo $d
74382002-01-24
7439$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 7440$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 7441@end smallexample
8642bc8f 7442
0816590b 7443Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 7444@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
7445
7446@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 7447
0816590b
AC
7448Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
7449indicates when the release was made.
7450
7451@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
7452
7453If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
7454@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
7455committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 7456@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7457is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7458
7459Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7460
0816590b 7461@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7462
8642bc8f
AC
7463The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7464trunk.
8973da3a 7465
0816590b
AC
7466@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7467
87f9adc1 7468Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sourceware.org, GDB
0816590b
AC
7469Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7470generated by running:
7471
7472@smallexample
7473$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7474@end smallexample
7475
7476@noindent
7477The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7478of the most recent release.
7479
7480Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7481
8642bc8f 7482@section Post release
8973da3a 7483
8642bc8f 7484Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7485
085dd6e6
JM
7486@node Testsuite
7487
7488@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7489@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7490
56caf160
EZ
7491The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7492While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7493this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7494the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7495to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7496
b247355e
NR
7497The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7498tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7499runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7500
7501@section Using the Testsuite
7502
56caf160 7503@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7504To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7505testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7506environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7507the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7508and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7509finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7510
474c8240 7511@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7512 === gdb Summary ===
7513
7514# of expected passes 6016
7515# of unexpected failures 58
7516# of unexpected successes 5
7517# of expected failures 183
7518# of unresolved testcases 3
7519# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7520@end smallexample
56caf160 7521
a9f158ec
JB
7522To run a specific test script, type:
7523@example
7524make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7525@end example
7526where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7527spaces.
7528
f5a33284
TT
7529If you use GNU make, you can use its @option{-j} option to run the
7530testsuite in parallel. This can greatly reduce the amount of time it
7531takes for the testsuite to run. In this case, if you set
7532@code{RUNTESTFLAGS} then, by default, the tests will be run serially
7533even under @option{-j}. You can override this and force a parallel run
7534by setting the @code{make} variable @code{FORCE_PARALLEL} to any
7535non-empty value. Note that the parallel @kbd{make check} assumes
7536that you want to run the entire testsuite, so it is not compatible
7537with some dejagnu options, like @option{--directory}.
7538
085dd6e6
JM
7539The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7540conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7541real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7542failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7543hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7544everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7545being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7546lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7547Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7548reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7549catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7550program.
7551
7552When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7553testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7554regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7555run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7556compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7557testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7558options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7559host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7560mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7561
7562If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7563tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7564and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7565Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7566failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7567difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7568in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7569tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7570
e7dc800a
MC
7571DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7572some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7573the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7574will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7575
7576@smallexample
7577UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7578@end smallexample
7579
812f7342
TT
7580Sometimes it is convenient to get a transcript of the commands which
7581the testsuite sends to @value{GDBN}. For example, if @value{GDBN}
7582crashes during testing, a transcript can be used to more easily
7583reconstruct the failure when running @value{GDBN} under @value{GDBN}.
7584
7585You can instruct the @value{GDBN} testsuite to write transcripts by
7586setting the DejaGNU variable @code{TRANSCRIPT} (to any value)
7587before invoking @code{runtest} or @kbd{make check}. The transcripts
7588will be written into DejaGNU's output directory. One transcript will
7589be made for each invocation of @value{GDBN}; they will be named
7590@file{transcript.@var{n}}, where @var{n} is an integer. The first
7591line of the transcript file will show how @value{GDBN} was invoked;
7592each subsequent line is a command sent as input to @value{GDBN}.
7593
7594@smallexample
7595make check RUNTESTFLAGS=TRANSCRIPT=y
7596@end smallexample
7597
7598Note that the transcript is not always complete. In particular, tests
7599of completion can yield partial command lines.
7600
085dd6e6
JM
7601@section Testsuite Organization
7602
56caf160 7603@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7604The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7605testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7606and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7607handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7608@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7609all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7610configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7611definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7612
7613The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7614subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7615with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7616in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7617get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7618
7619The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7620are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7621located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7622execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7623intelligibility.
7624
56caf160 7625@table @file
085dd6e6 7626@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7627This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7628configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7629The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7630ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7631for prototypes).
7632
7633@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7634Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7635@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7636
7637@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7638Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7639(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7640HP-UX.
7641
7642@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7643Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
76441999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7645couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7646imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7647extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7648
7649@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7650Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7651instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7652@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7653@end table
7654
7655@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7656@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7657
25822942 7658In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7659should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7660
7661You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7662includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7663However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7664instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7665calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7666
7667Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7668necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7669a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7670@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7671prompts.
7672
7673Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7674On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7675spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7676
7677The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7678style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7679styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7680instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7681never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7682uniformly.
7683
c906108c
SS
7684@node Hints
7685
7686@chapter Hints
7687
7688Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7689appear anywhere else in the directory.
7690
7691@menu
25822942 7692* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7693* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7694@end menu
7695
7696@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7697
7698@section Getting Started
7699
25822942 7700@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7701work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7702know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7703
25822942
DB
7704This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7705generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7706
7707Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7708comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7709function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7710explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7711free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7712out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7713actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7714
7715Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7716native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7717repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7718macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7719default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7720also documents all the available macros.
7721@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7722@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7723@c Conditionals})
7724
56caf160
EZ
7725Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7726@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7727@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7728code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7729
7730You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7731enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7732language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7733the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7734and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7735are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7736approach.
7737
25822942 7738Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7739specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7740function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7741will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7742calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7743(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7744called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7745functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7746one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7747structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7748the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7749look like.
7750
7751Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7752code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7753principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7754else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7755rather than worrying about all its details.
7756
56caf160
EZ
7757@cindex command implementation
7758A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7759a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7760single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7761@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7762via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7763which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7764the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7765@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7766command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7767display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7768not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7769tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7770breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7771
7772@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7773If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7774on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7775wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7776@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7777Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7778
33e16fad 7779@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7780
25822942 7781@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7782@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7783
25822942 7784If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7785fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7786Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7787debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7788./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7789@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7790
25822942 7791When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7792@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7793gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7794in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7795gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7796
7797If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7798you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7799routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7800@kbd{M-.}
7801
25822942 7802Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7803have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7804
7805@section Submitting Patches
7806
56caf160 7807@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7808Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7809@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7810Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7811changes.
7812
25822942
DB
7813The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7814This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7815
7816If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7817or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7818with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7819
56caf160 7820@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7821The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7822copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7823of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7824standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7825and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7826owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7827changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7828etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7829contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7830bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7831this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7832since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7833
7834Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7835feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7836Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7837header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7838each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7839needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7840@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7841single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7842
7843In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7844sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7845If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7846out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7847
9e0b60a8
JM
7848The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7849install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7850or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7851will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7852The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7853the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7854being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7855tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7856the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7857acceptable.
7858
7859If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7860of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7861installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7862reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7863complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7864they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7865permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7866be for quite some time.
c906108c 7867
56caf160 7868Please send patches directly to
87f9adc1 7869@email{gdb-patches@@sourceware.org, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 7870
36af4ef6
MD
7871@section Build Script
7872
7873@cindex build script
7874
7875The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
7876@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
7877targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
7878affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
7879@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
7880
7881After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
7882supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
7883information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
7884in the directory the script was called from.
7885
bcd7e15f 7886@include observer.texi
2154891a 7887@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7888@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7889@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7890
56caf160
EZ
7891@node Index
7892@unnumbered Index
7893
7894@printindex cp
7895
c906108c 7896@bye
This page took 1.319432 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.